Illinois General Assembly

  Bills & Resolutions  
  Compiled Statutes  
  Public Acts  
  Legislative Reports  
  IL Constitution  
  Legislative Guide  
  Legislative Glossary  

 Search By Number
 (example: HB0001)
Search Tips

Search By Keyword

Illinois Compiled Statutes

Information maintained by the Legislative Reference Bureau
Updating the database of the Illinois Compiled Statutes (ILCS) is an ongoing process. Recent laws may not yet be included in the ILCS database, but they are found on this site as Public Acts soon after they become law. For information concerning the relationship between statutes and Public Acts, refer to the Guide.

Because the statute database is maintained primarily for legislative drafting purposes, statutory changes are sometimes included in the statute database before they take effect. If the source note at the end of a Section of the statutes includes a Public Act that has not yet taken effect, the version of the law that is currently in effect may have already been removed from the database and you should refer to that Public Act to see the changes made to the current law.

SCHOOLS
(105 ILCS 5/) School Code.

105 ILCS 5/17-8.01

    (105 ILCS 5/17-8.01)
    Sec. 17-8.01. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 82-622. Repealed by P.A. 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07.)

105 ILCS 5/17-9

    (105 ILCS 5/17-9) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-9)
    Sec. 17-9. Extension of taxes by county clerk-Separate tax for payment of bonds.
    When the county clerk determines the amount of taxes to be extended upon all the taxable property in any school district having a population of less than 500,000 inhabitants, he shall determine from the certified copies of bond resolutions filed in his office the amount necessary to pay the maturing principal of and interest on any bonds of the district and shall extend a separate tax sufficient to pay all principal and interest thereon which matures prior to the first delinquent date of taxes to be realized from the next succeeding tax extension or all interest and sinking fund requirements for the payment of principal which must be extended prior to said date. The separate tax shall be extended without limitation as to rate or amount. No deduction shall be made in the rate which may be extended for educational or operations, building and maintenance purposes by reason of any rate extended for payment of principal or interest of bonds, except as provided in this section, nor by reason of any tax required to be extended pursuant to the exercise of the power conferred in Section 10-22.12.
(Source: P.A. 77-2744.)

105 ILCS 5/17-9.01

    (105 ILCS 5/17-9.01)
    Sec. 17-9.01. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 86-1334. Repealed by P.A. 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07.)

105 ILCS 5/17-9.02

    (105 ILCS 5/17-9.02)
    Sec. 17-9.02. Supplemental tax levy for Ford Heights School District 169.
    (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article and in addition to the methods provided by other Sections of this Article for increasing the rate of tax levied for any school purpose, Ford Heights School District 169 may levy a supplemental tax for the 2006, 2007, and 2008 taxable years.
    (b) The supplemental tax authorized by this Section is levied upon all the taxable property of the school district at its value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue for each of the years in which the levy is made. The supplemental tax is in addition to all other taxes that the district may levy for any school purpose for the years in which the levy is made.
    (c) For each year that it is levied, the supplemental tax must be levied at a rate not exceeding that which, when applied to the equalized assessed value of all taxable property in the district for that year in which the levy is made, is sufficient to yield that amount of tax revenue that is equal to $1,067,000 for a total of $3,201,000 for all taxable years that the tax is levied.
    (d) The supplemental tax authorized by this Section must be levied by proper resolution of the school board and without referendum. A certified copy of the resolution levying the supplemental tax, signed by the president and clerk or secretary of the school board, must be filed in the office of the county clerk, and it is, then, the duty of the county clerk to extend the supplemental tax. The supplemental tax must be extended and collected in like manner as all other taxes of the school district, but the supplemental tax must be separately identified by the collectors.
    (e) Ford Heights School District 169 may use the proceeds from the supplemental tax for any purpose for which the district is authorized to make expenditures.
(Source: P.A. 94-1078, eff. 1-9-07.)

105 ILCS 5/17-10

    (105 ILCS 5/17-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-10)
    Sec. 17-10. Certificate of last ascertained equalized value-Tax books-Notice to school treasurers.
    The county clerk shall furnish the school board of any school district, upon request, a certificate showing the last ascertained full, fair cash value of the taxable property of the district.
    When a school district lies partly in two or more counties, the county clerk of each county in which any part of such district lies shall furnish, upon request, to the school board of the district, a certificate showing the last ascertained full, fair cash value of the taxable property in that part of the district lying in such county.
    When making out the tax books for the collector, the county clerk shall compute each taxable person's tax in each school district upon the total amount of taxable property for that year, located in such district, whether belonging to residents or non-residents, upon the valuation produced by the equalization and assessment of property by the county board of review, and all property originally assessed by the Department of Revenue. Such computation shall be made so as to realize the amount of money required to be raised in such district, as shown in the certificate of tax levy, made out by the governing body of such district, and filed with the county clerk as required by this Act. The county clerk shall cause each person's tax, so computed, to be set upon the tax book to be delivered to the collector for that year, in a separate column against each taxpayer's name, or parcel of taxable property, as it appears in the collector's books, to be collected in the same manner, and at the same time, and by the same person, as State and county taxes are collected. He shall number the school districts on the maps in his office to correspond with the numbers of districts as returned to him by the county superintendent of schools, and in making up the tax books to be delivered to the collector of taxes, the county clerk shall copy therein the number of the school districts set opposite each person's assessment of personal property by the assessor making the assessment of such person, and shall extend the school tax on each person's assessment of personal property. The computation of each person's tax and the extension made by the clerk shall be final and conclusive. The rate shall be uniform, and shall not exceed that required by the amount certified by the school board. The county clerk, before delivering the tax book to the collector, shall make and send by mail to each school treasurer of the county a certificate of the amount due his district or districts from the tax so extended and placed on the tax books.
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)

105 ILCS 5/17-11

    (105 ILCS 5/17-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-11)
    Sec. 17-11. Certificate of tax levy.
    (a) The school board of each district, other than a school district subject to the authority of a Financial Oversight Panel pursuant to Article 1H of this Code, shall ascertain, as near as practicable, annually, how much money must be raised by special tax for transportation purposes if any and for educational and for operations and maintenance purposes for the next ensuing year. In school districts with a population of less than 500,000, these amounts shall be certified and returned to each county clerk on or before the last Tuesday in December, annually. The certificate shall be signed by the president and clerk or secretary, and may be in the following form:
CERTIFICATE OF TAX LEVY
    We hereby certify that we require the sum of ...... dollars, to be levied as a special tax for transportation purposes and the sum of ...... dollars to be levied as a special tax for educational purposes, and the sum ...... dollars to be levied as a special tax for operations and maintenance purposes, and the sum of ...... to be levied as a special tax for a working cash fund, on the equalized assessed value of the taxable property of our district, for the year (insert year).
    Signed on (insert date).
    A ........... B ............., President
    C ........... D............., Clerk (Secretary)
    Dist. No. .........., ............ County
 
    (b) A failure by the school board to file the certificate with the county clerk in the time required shall not vitiate the assessment.
    (c) A school district subject to the authority of a Financial Oversight Panel pursuant to Article 1H of this Code shall file a certificate of tax levy as otherwise provided by this Section, except that such certificate shall be certified and returned to each county clerk on or before the first Tuesday in November annually. If, for whatever reason, the district fails to certify and return the certificate of tax levy to each county clerk on or before the first Tuesday in November annually, then the Financial Oversight Panel for such school district shall proceed to adopt, certify, and return a certificate of tax levy for such school district to each county clerk on or before the last Tuesday in December annually.
(Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)

105 ILCS 5/17-11.1

    (105 ILCS 5/17-11.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-11.1)
    Sec. 17-11.1. Amended Tax Certificate. When a school board has authority to levy taxes at the maximum permissive tax rate allowed by law or the maximum tax rate allowed by voter approved referendum and, after the certificate of tax levy has been filed, a change in the assessed valuation resulting from the application of the equalization multiplier by the Department of Revenue causes the school district's tax extensions to be less than the maximum permissive tax rate allowed by law or the maximum tax rate allowed by voter approved referendum, the school board may, within 20 days of such change, amend the certificate of tax levy to provide for the maximum amount of tax extensions provided by the permissive tax rate or by the voter approved referendum, as limited by the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
(Source: P.A. 91-850, eff. 6-22-00.)

105 ILCS 5/17-11.2

    (105 ILCS 5/17-11.2)
    Sec. 17-11.2. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 92-855, eff. 12-6-02. Repealed by P.A. 102-894, eff. 5-20-22.)

105 ILCS 5/17-12

    (105 ILCS 5/17-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-12)
    Sec. 17-12. Districts in two or more counties. When a district lies partly in two or more counties the school board shall ascertain, as near as practicable, the amount to be raised by special tax for educational and operations and maintenance purposes and shall prepare a certificate for each county in which the district lies and shall deliver one of such certificates to each of the county clerks of the counties in which a part of the district is situated. On the first Monday following the delivery of the certificate, or as soon thereafter as may be practicable, each county clerk shall ascertain the total equalized valuation of all the taxable property in that part of the district as lies in his county, and certify the amount thereof to the county clerk of each of the other counties in which any part of the district lies. From the aggregate of such equalized valuation and from the certificate of the amount so required to be levied, such clerk shall ascertain the rate per cent required to produce in the district the amount of such levy, and at that rate shall extend the special tax to be levied for educational and operations and maintenance purposes in that part of the district lying in his respective county.
(Source: P.A. 86-1334.)

105 ILCS 5/17-13

    (105 ILCS 5/17-13)
    Sec. 17-13. (Repealed).
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 31. Repealed by P.A. 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07.)

105 ILCS 5/17-14

    (105 ILCS 5/17-14) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-14)
    Sec. 17-14. Payments by collector to treasurer-Statement of uncollected taxes.
    Within 30 days after the delinquent date for the payment of any tax or installment thereof and after the delivery of the tax books containing the computation and levy of the taxes, or as soon thereafter as the school treasurer shall present the certificate of the amount of the tax and make a demand therefor, the collector shall pay to the treasurer the full amount of the tax certified by the county clerk, or if any part remains uncollected, the collector shall, in addition to the amount collected, deliver to the treasurer a statement of the amount of uncollected taxes for his district or districts, taking his receipt therefor, which receipt shall be evidence in favor of the collector as against the treasurer.
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)

105 ILCS 5/17-15

    (105 ILCS 5/17-15) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-15)
    Sec. 17-15. Failure of collector to pay.
    If any collector fails to pay the taxes or any part thereof, the school treasurer or other authorized person may proceed against him and his sureties in a civil action upon his official bond in any court of competent jurisdiction. The collector so in default shall pay 12% of the amount due to be assessed as damages, which shall be included in the judgment rendered against him. If he can show that any part of the taxes could not be collected by law, he shall not be liable for such taxes until he has collected, or may be able to collect them.
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)

105 ILCS 5/17-16

    (105 ILCS 5/17-16) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-16)
    Sec. 17-16. Tax anticipation warrants. When there is no money in the treasury of any school district having a population of 500,000 or less inhabitants, whether governed by either or both the general school laws or any special charter, to defray the necessary expenses of the district, including amounts necessary to pay maturing principal and interest of bonds, the school board may issue warrants, or may provide a fund to meet the expenses by issuing and disposing of warrants, drawn against and in anticipation of any taxes levied for the payment of the necessary expenses of the district, either for transportation, educational or for all operations and maintenance purposes, or for payments to the Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund, or for the payment of maturing principal and interest of bonds, or for fire prevention, safety, energy conservation and school security purposes, as the case may be, to the extent of 85% of the total amount of the tax so levied. The warrants shall show upon their face that they are payable in the numerical order of their issuance solely from such taxes when collected, and shall be received by any collector of taxes in payment of the taxes against which they are issued, and such taxes shall be set apart and held for their payment.
    Every warrant shall bear interest, payable only out of the taxes against which it is drawn, at a rate not exceeding the maximum rate authorized by the Bond Authorization Act, as amended at the time of the making of the contract, if issued before July 1, 1971 and if issued thereafter at the rate of not to exceed the maximum rate authorized by the Bond Authorization Act, as amended at the time of the making of the contract, from the date of its issuance until paid or until notice shall be given by publication in a newspaper or otherwise that the money for its payment is available and that it will be paid on presentation, unless a lower rate of interest is specified therein, in which case the interest shall be computed and paid at the lower rate.
    With respect to instruments for the payment of money issued under this Section either before, on, or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1989, it is and always has been the intention of the General Assembly (i) that the Omnibus Bond Acts are and always have been supplementary grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that may appear to be or to have been more restrictive than those Acts, (ii) that the provisions of this Section are not a limitation on the supplementary authority granted by the Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments issued under this Section within the supplementary authority granted by the Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of this Act that may appear to be or to have been more restrictive than those Acts.
(Source: P.A. 86-4; 86-1334; 87-984.)

105 ILCS 5/17-17

    (105 ILCS 5/17-17)
    Sec. 17-17. School board establishment of lines of credit.
    (a) In lieu of issuing tax anticipation warrants in accordance with Section 17-16 of this Code, the school board of a school district having a population of 500,000 or less inhabitants may issue notes, bonds, or other obligations (and in connection with that issuance, establish a line of credit with a bank or other financial institution) in an amount not to exceed 85% of the amount of property taxes most recently levied for educational, operations and maintenance, transportation, or other tax levy purposes or any combination thereof. Moneys thus borrowed shall be applied to the purposes for which the tax or any combination of the taxes may be levied and no other purpose. All moneys so borrowed shall be repaid exclusively from property tax revenues within 60 days after the property tax revenues have been received by the board.
    (a-5) In lieu of issuing notes or certificates in accordance with the provisions of the Revenue Anticipation Act or Section 18-18 of this Code, the school board of a school district having a population of 500,000 or less inhabitants may anticipate revenues due in the current fiscal year or expected to be due in the next subsequent fiscal year and issue notes, bonds, or other obligations (and in connection with that issuance, establish a line of credit with a bank or other financial institution) in an amount not to exceed the following:
        (1) if anticipating revenues due in the current
    
fiscal year, 85% of the amount or amounts of the revenues due in the current fiscal year as certified by the State Superintendent of Education or other official in a position to provide assurances as to the amounts; and
        (2) if anticipating revenues expected to be due in
    
the next subsequent fiscal year, 50% of the amount or amounts of the revenues due in the current fiscal year as certified by the State Superintendent of Education or other official in a position to provide assurances as to the amounts.
    All moneys so borrowed shall be repaid exclusively from the anticipated revenues within 60 days after the revenues have been received.
    (b) Borrowing authorized under subsections (a) and (a-5) of this Section shall bear interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate authorized by the Bond Authorization Act, from the date of issuance until paid.
    (c) Prior to borrowing or establishing a line of credit under this Section, the board shall authorize, by resolution, the borrowing or line of credit. The resolution shall set forth facts demonstrating the need for the borrowing or line of credit, state the amount to be borrowed, establish a maximum interest rate limit not to exceed that set forth in subsection (b) of this Section, and provide a date by which the borrowed funds shall be repaid. The resolution shall direct the relevant officials to make arrangements to set apart and hold the taxes or other revenue, as received, that will be used to repay the borrowing. In addition, the resolution may authorize the relevant officials to make partial repayments of the borrowing as the taxes or other revenues become available and may contain any other terms, restrictions, or limitations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section.
(Source: P.A. 96-19, eff. 6-26-09.)

105 ILCS 5/17-18

    (105 ILCS 5/17-18)
    Sec. 17-18. Establishment of lines of credit by other educational entities.
    (a) In lieu of borrowing in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-20 of this Code, an entity, such as a special education cooperative or other such joint agreement or an intergovernmental agreement, may anticipate revenues due in the current fiscal year or expected to be due in the next subsequent fiscal year and issue notes or other obligations (and in connection with that issuance, establish a line of credit with a bank or other financial institution) in an amount not to exceed the following:
        (1) if anticipating revenues due in the current
    
fiscal year, 85% of the amount or amounts of State categorical or grant payments due in the current fiscal year as certified by the State Superintendent of Education or other official in a position to provide assurances as to the amounts; and
        (2) if anticipating revenues expected to be due in
    
the next subsequent fiscal year, 50% of the amount or amounts of State categorical or grant payments due in the current fiscal year as certified by the State Superintendent of Education or other official in a position to provide assurances as to the amounts.
    All moneys so borrowed shall be repaid exclusively from such anticipated revenues within 60 days after the revenues have been received.
    (b) Borrowing authorized under subsection (a) of this Section shall bear interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate authorized by the Bond Authorization Act, from the date of issuance until paid.
    (c) Prior to borrowing or establishing a line of credit under this Section, the regional superintendent of schools or governing board, as the case may be, shall authorize, by executive order or resolution, the borrowing or line of credit. The executive order or resolution shall set forth facts demonstrating the need for the borrowing or line of credit, state the amount to be borrowed, establish a maximum interest rate limit not to exceed that set forth in subsection (b) of this Section, and provide a date by which the borrowed funds shall be repaid. The executive order or resolution shall direct the relevant officials to make arrangements to set apart and hold the revenue, as received, that will be used to repay the borrowing. In addition, the executive order or resolution may authorize the relevant officials to make partial repayments of the borrowing as the revenues become available and may contain any other terms, restrictions, or limitations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section.
(Source: P.A. 96-19, eff. 6-26-09.)

105 ILCS 5/17-19

    (105 ILCS 5/17-19)
    Sec. 17-19. Establishment of lines of credit by regional superintendents.
    (a) In lieu of borrowing in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-20 of this Code, a regional superintendent of schools, in his or her official capacity as regional superintendent of schools, may anticipate revenues due in the current fiscal year or expected to be due in the next subsequent fiscal year and issue notes or other obligations (and in connection with that issuance, establish a line of credit with a bank or other financial institution) in an amount not to exceed the following:
        (1) if anticipating revenues due in the current
    
fiscal year, 85% of the amount or amounts of State categorical or grant payments due in the current fiscal year as certified by the State Superintendent of Education or other official in a position to provide assurances as to the amounts; and
        (2) if anticipating revenues expected to be due in
    
the next subsequent fiscal year, 50% of the amount or amounts of State categorical or grant payments due in the current fiscal year as certified by the State Superintendent of Education or other official in a position to provide assurances as to the amounts.
    All moneys so borrowed shall be repaid exclusively from such anticipated revenues within 60 days after the revenues have been received.
    (b) Borrowing authorized under subsection (a) of this Section shall bear interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate authorized by the Bond Authorization Act, from the date of issuance until paid.
    (c) Prior to borrowing or establishing a line of credit under this Section, the regional superintendent of schools, in his or her official capacity as regional superintendent of schools, shall authorize, by executive order or resolution, the borrowing or line of credit. The executive order or resolution shall set forth facts demonstrating the need for the borrowing or line of credit, state the amount to be borrowed, establish a maximum interest rate limit not to exceed that set forth in subsection (b) of this Section, and provide a date by which the borrowed funds shall be repaid. The executive order or resolution shall direct the relevant officials to make arrangements to set apart and hold the revenue, as received, that will be used to repay the borrowing. In addition, the executive order or resolution may authorize the relevant officials to make partial repayments of the borrowing as the revenues become available and may contain any other terms, restrictions, or limitations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section.
(Source: P.A. 96-19, eff. 6-26-09.)

105 ILCS 5/Art. 18

 
    (105 ILCS 5/Art. 18 heading)
ARTICLE 18. COMMON SCHOOL FUND

105 ILCS 5/18-1

    (105 ILCS 5/18-1) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-1)
    Sec. 18-1. Moneys constituting fund. The common school fund of the state shall consist of any sums accredited thereto in pursuance of law, of the interest on the school fund proper, which fund is 3% upon the proceeds of the sales of public lands in the State, 1/6 part excepted; and the interest on the surplus revenue distributed by Act of Congress and made part of the common school fund by Act of the legislature, March 4, 1837. The interest on the school fund proper and the surplus revenue shall be paid by the State annually at the rate of 6%, and shall be distributed as provided by law.
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)

105 ILCS 5/18-3

    (105 ILCS 5/18-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-3)
    Sec. 18-3. Tuition of children from orphanages and children's homes. When the children from any home for orphans, dependent, abandoned or maladjusted children maintained by any organization or association admitting to such home children from the State in general or when children residing in a school district wherein the State of Illinois maintains and operates any welfare or penal institution on property owned by the State of Illinois, which contains houses, housing units or housing accommodations within a school district, attend grades kindergarten through 12 of the public schools maintained by that school district, the State Superintendent of Education shall direct the State Comptroller to pay a specified amount sufficient to pay the annual tuition cost of such children who attended such public schools during the regular school year ending on June 30. The Comptroller shall pay the amount after receipt of a voucher submitted by the State Superintendent of Education.
    The amount of the tuition for such children attending the public schools of the district shall be determined by the State Superintendent of Education by multiplying the number of such children in average daily attendance in such schools by 1.2 times the total annual per capita cost of administering the schools of the district. Such total annual per capita cost shall be determined by totaling all expenses of the school district in the educational, operations and maintenance, bond and interest, transportation, Illinois municipal retirement, and rent funds for the school year preceding the filing of such tuition claims less expenditures not applicable to the regular K-12 program, less offsetting revenues from State sources except those from the common school fund, less offsetting revenues from federal sources except those from federal impaction aid, less student and community service revenues, plus a depreciation allowance; and dividing such total by the average daily attendance for the year.
    Annually on or before June 15 the superintendent of the district shall certify to the State Superintendent of Education the following:
        1. The name of the home and of the organization or
    
association maintaining it; or the legal description of the real estate upon which the house, housing units, or housing accommodations are located and that no taxes or service charges or other payments authorized by law to be made in lieu of taxes were collected therefrom or on account thereof during either of the calendar years included in the school year for which claim is being made;
        2. The number of children from the home or living in
    
such houses, housing units or housing accommodations and attending the schools of the district;
        3. The total number of children attending the schools
    
of the district;
        4. The per capita tuition charge of the district; and
        5. The computed amount of the tuition payment claimed
    
as due.
    Whenever the persons in charge of such home for orphans, dependent, abandoned or maladjusted children have received from the parent or guardian of any such child or by virtue of an order of court a specific allowance for educating such child, such persons shall pay to the school board in the district where the child attends school such amount of the allowance as is necessary to pay the tuition required by such district for the education of the child. If the allowance is insufficient to pay the tuition in full the State Superintendent of Education shall direct the Comptroller to pay to the district the difference between the total tuition charged and the amount of the allowance.
    Whenever the facilities of a school district in which such house, housing units or housing accommodations are located, are limited, pupils may be assigned by that district to the schools of any adjacent district to the limit of the facilities of the adjacent district to properly educate such pupils as shall be determined by the school board of the adjacent district, and the State Superintendent of Education shall direct the Comptroller to pay a specified amount sufficient to pay the annual tuition of the children so assigned to and attending public schools in the adjacent districts and the Comptroller shall draw his warrant upon the State Treasurer for the payment of such amount for the benefit of the adjacent school districts in the same manner as for districts in which the houses, housing units or housing accommodations are located.
    Summer session costs shall be reimbursed based on the actual expenditures for providing these services. On or before November 1 of each year, the superintendent of each eligible school district shall certify to the State Superintendent of Education the claim of the district for the summer session following the regular school year just ended. The State Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the Comptroller no later than December 15th of each year vouchers for payment of amounts due to school districts for summer session.
    Claims for tuition for children from any home for orphans or dependent, abandoned, or maladjusted children shall be paid on a current year basis. On September 30, December 31, and March 31, the State Board of Education shall voucher payments for districts with those students based on an estimated cost calculated from the prior year's claim. The school district shall certify to the State Superintendent of Education the report of claims due for such tuition payments on or before June 15. Claims received by June 15 may be amended until August 1. The State Superintendent of Education shall direct the State Comptroller to pay to the district, on or before August 31, the amount due for the district for the school year in accordance with the calculation of the claim as set forth in this Section. However, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the School Code, beginning with fiscal year 1994 and each fiscal year thereafter, if the amount appropriated for any fiscal year is less than the amount required for purposes of this Section, the amount required to eliminate any insufficient reimbursement for each district claim under this Section shall be reimbursed on August 31 of the next fiscal year. Payments required to eliminate any insufficiency for prior fiscal year claims shall be made before any claims are paid for the current fiscal year.
    If a school district makes a claim for reimbursement under Section 14-7.03 it shall not include in any claim filed under this Section children residing on the property of State institutions included in its claim under Section 14-7.03.
    Any child who is not a resident of Illinois who is placed in a child welfare institution, private facility, State operated program, orphanage or children's home shall have the payment for his educational tuition and any related services assured by the placing agent.
    In order to provide services appropriate to allow a student under the legal guardianship or custodianship of the State to participate in local school district educational programs, costs may be incurred in appropriate cases by the district that are in excess of 1.2 times the district per capita tuition charge allowed under the provisions of this Section. In the event such excess costs are incurred, they must be documented in accordance with cost rules established under the authority of this Section and may then be claimed for reimbursement under this Section.
    Planned services for students eligible for this funding must be a collaborative effort between the appropriate State agency or the student's group home or institution and the local school district.
(Source: P.A. 101-17, eff. 6-14-19.)

105 ILCS 5/18-4.2

    (105 ILCS 5/18-4.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.2)
    Sec. 18-4.2. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 88-641, eff. 9-9-94. Repealed by P.A. 91-96, eff. 7-9-99.)

105 ILCS 5/18-4.3

    (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
    Sec. 18-4.3. Summer school grants. Through fiscal year 2017, grants shall be determined for pupil attendance in summer schools conducted under Sections 10-22.33A and 34-18 and approved under Section 2-3.25 in the following manner.
    The amount of grant for each accredited summer school attendance pupil shall be obtained by dividing the total amount of apportionments determined under Section 18-8.05 by the actual number of pupils in average daily attendance used for such apportionments. The number of credited summer school attendance pupils shall be determined (a) by counting clock hours of class instruction by pupils enrolled in grades 1 through 12 in approved courses conducted at least 60 clock hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of clock hours of class instruction by 4 to produce days of credited pupil attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil attendance by the actual number of days in the regular term as used in computation in the general apportionment in Section 18-8.05; and (d) by multiplying by 1.25.
    The amount of the grant for a summer school program approved by the State Superintendent of Education for children with disabilities, as defined in Sections 14-1.02 through 14-1.07, shall be determined in the manner contained above except that average daily membership shall be utilized in lieu of average daily attendance.
    In the case of an apportionment based on summer school attendance or membership pupils, the claim therefor shall be presented as a separate claim for the particular school year in which such summer school session ends. On or before November 1 of each year the superintendent of each eligible school district shall certify to the State Superintendent of Education the claim of the district for the summer session just ended. Failure on the part of the school board to so certify shall constitute a forfeiture of its right to such payment. The State Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the Comptroller no later than December 15th of each year vouchers for payment of amounts due school districts for summer school. The State Superintendent of Education shall direct the Comptroller to draw his warrants for payments thereof by the 30th day of December. If the money appropriated by the General Assembly for such purpose for any year is insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
    However, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, for each fiscal year the money appropriated by the General Assembly for the purposes of this Section shall only be used for grants for approved summer school programs for those children with disabilities served pursuant to Section 14-7.02 or 14-7.02b of this Code.
    No funding shall be provided to school districts under this Section after fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018 and each fiscal year thereafter, all funding received by a school district from the State pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this Code that is attributable to summer school for special education pupils must be used for special education services authorized under this Code.
(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)

105 ILCS 5/18-4.4

    (105 ILCS 5/18-4.4) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.4)
    Sec. 18-4.4. Tax Equivalent Grants. When any State institution is located in a school district in which the State owns 45% or more of the total land area of the district, the State Superintendent of Education shall annually direct the State Comptroller to pay the amount of the tax-equivalent grants provided in this Section, and the State Comptroller shall draw his warrant upon the State Treasurer for the payment of the grants. For fiscal year 1995 and each fiscal year thereafter, the grant shall equal 0.5% of the equalized assessed valuation of the land owned by the State (computing that equalized assessed valuation by multiplying the average value per taxable acre of the school district by the total number of acres of land owned by the State). Annually on or before September 15, 1994 and July 1, thereafter, the district superintendent shall certify to the State Board of Education the following matters:
        1. The name of the State institution.
        2. The total land area of the district in acres.
        3. The total ownership of the land of the State in
    
acres.
        4. The total equalized assessed value of all the land
    
in the district.
        5. The rate of school tax payable in the year.
        6. The computed amount of the tax-equivalent grant
    
claimed.
    Failure of any district superintendent to certify the claim for the tax-equivalent grant on or before September 15, 1994 or July 1 of a subsequent year shall constitute a forfeiture by the district of its right to such grant for the school year.
    Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary or the disposition of State property which would affect the allocation of grants under this Section, a tax-equivalent grant may be awarded to a school district in which the State owns 40% or more of the total land area of the district if, as of the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly, the school district would otherwise qualify for a tax-equivalent grant under this Section as a district in which the State owns 45% or more of the total land area.
(Source: P.A. 102-280, eff. 8-6-21.)

105 ILCS 5/18-4.5

    (105 ILCS 5/18-4.5)
    Sec. 18-4.5. Home Hospital Grants. Except for those children qualifying under Article 14, school districts shall be eligible to receive reimbursement for all children requiring home or hospital instruction at not more than $1,000 annually per child or $9,000 per teacher, whichever is less.
(Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14.)

105 ILCS 5/18-5

    (105 ILCS 5/18-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-5)
    Sec. 18-5. Compensation of regional superintendents and assistants. The State Board of Education shall request an appropriation payable from the Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund for compensation for regional superintendents of schools and the assistant regional superintendents of schools authorized by Section 3-15.10 of this Act, and as provided in "An Act concerning fees and salaries and to classify the several counties of this State with reference thereto", approved March 29, 1872 as amended, and shall present vouchers to the Comptroller monthly for the payment to the several regional superintendents and such assistant regional superintendents of their compensation as fixed by law. Such payments shall be made either (1) monthly, at the close of the month, or (2) semimonthly on or around the 15th of the month and at the close of the month, at the option of the regional superintendent or assistant regional superintendent.
(Source: P.A. 97-619, eff. 11-14-11; 97-732, eff. 6-30-12; 98-24, eff. 6-19-13.)

105 ILCS 5/18-6

    (105 ILCS 5/18-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-6)
    Sec. 18-6. Supervisory expenses. The State Board of Education shall annually request an appropriation for regional office of education expenses, aggregating $1,000 per county per year for each educational service region. The State Board of Education shall present vouchers to the Comptroller as soon as may be after the first day of August each year for each regional office of education. Each regional office of education may draw upon these funds for the expenses necessarily incurred in providing for supervisory services in the region.
(Source: P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14.)

105 ILCS 5/18-7

    (105 ILCS 5/18-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-7)
    Sec. 18-7. Payments for benefit of teacher retirement systems.
    (a) In each fiscal year through fiscal year 1998, the State Board of Education shall distribute to the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago the sum, if any, appropriated for that fiscal year from the Common School Fund for the benefit of the Retirement Fund, in the manner provided in this Section, the Illinois Pension Code, the State Finance Act, and other applicable provisions of law. In making this distribution, the State Board of Education shall present vouchers to the State Comptroller on the 10th and 20th days of each month beginning in August. Each payment shall equal 1/24 of the annual amount appropriated in the months of August through May and 1/12 of the annual amount appropriated in June.
    Beginning in fiscal year 1999, the State contributions to the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall be appropriated directly to the Fund and paid in vouchers submitted by the board of trustees of the Fund. Vouchers submitted under this subsection shall be paid by the State Comptroller and Treasurer by warrants drawn on funds appropriated to the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago.
    (b) The State Board of Education shall, in State fiscal year 1995, pay to the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois the amount appropriated for the required State contribution to the System for that fiscal year. The State Board of Education shall present vouchers to the State Comptroller for this purpose on the 10th and 20th days of each month of the fiscal year, other than the month of July. Each payment in the months of August through May shall equal 1/24 of the amount appropriated for that fiscal year; each payment in the month of June shall equal 1/12 of the amount appropriated for that fiscal year.
    Vouchers submitted under this subsection shall be paid by the State Comptroller and Treasurer by warrants drawn on funds appropriated to the State Board of Education for that purpose.
    (c) Beginning in State fiscal year 1996, the required State contributions to the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois shall be appropriated directly to the System and paid on vouchers submitted by the board of trustees of the retirement system, as provided in Section 16-158 of the Illinois Pension Code. These vouchers shall be paid by the State Comptroller and Treasurer by warrants drawn on funds appropriated to the retirement system for that purpose.
(Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 12-4-97.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8)
    Sec. 18-8. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98. Repealed internally, eff. 7-1-98.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.05

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
    Sec. 18-8.05. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 100-863, eff. 8-14-18. Repealed by P.A. 100-582, eff. 3-23-18.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.1

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.1)
    Sec. 18-8.1. (Repealed).
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 3759. Repealed by P.A. 98-739, eff. 7-16-14.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.2

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.2)
    Sec. 18-8.2. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 94-902, eff. 7-1-06. Repealed by P.A. 94-1019, eff. 7-10-06.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.3

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.3)
    Sec. 18-8.3. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94. Repealed by P.A. 94-1019, eff. 7-10-06.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.4

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.4)
    Sec. 18-8.4. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 84-1243. Repealed by P.A. 95-793, eff. 1-1-09.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.5

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.5)
    Sec. 18-8.5. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 94-902, eff. 7-1-06. Repealed by P.A. 94-1019, eff. 7-10-06.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.7

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.7)
    Sec. 18-8.7. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 88-647, eff. 9-16-94. Repealed by P.A. 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.10

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.10)
    Sec. 18-8.10. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17. Repealed by P.A. 102-894, eff. 5-20-22; 102-1071, eff. 6-10-22.)

105 ILCS 5/18-8.15

    (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15)
    (Text of Section from P.A. 103-8)
    Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
    (a) General provisions.
        (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that,
    
by June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten through grade 12 public education system with the capacity to ensure the educational development of all persons to the limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of funding public education that is evidence-based; is sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under this Section, every school shall have the resources, based on what the evidence indicates is needed, to:
            (A) provide all students with a high quality
        
education that offers the academic, enrichment, social and emotional support, technical, and career-focused programs that will allow them to become competitive workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of this State, and active members of our national democracy;
            (B) ensure all students receive the education
        
they need to graduate from high school with the skills required to pursue post-secondary education and training for a rewarding career;
            (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
        
achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk students by raising the performance of at-risk students and not by reducing standards; and
            (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
        
assume the primary responsibility to fund public education and simultaneously relieve the disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes to fund schools.
        (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this
    
Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both legislative chambers. As further defined and described in this Section, there are 4 major components of the Evidence-Based Funding model:
            (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy
        
Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that considers the costs to implement research-based activities, the unit's student demographics, and regional wage differences.
            (B) Second, the model calculates each
        
Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute toward its Adequacy Target from local resources.
            (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
        
the State currently contributes to the Organizational Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to determine the unit's overall current adequacy of funding.
            (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
        
allocates new State funding to those Organizational Units that are least well-funded, considering both Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their Adequacy Target.
        (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding
    
under this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make expenditures by law.
        (4) As used in this Section, the following terms
    
shall have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
        "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (b) of this Section.
        "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
    
paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for
    
all Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a transportation rate based on total expenses for transportation services under this Code, as reported on the most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the total transportation expenses, as defined in this paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from the Operating Tax Rate.
        "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
    
subsection (g) of this Section.
        "Alternative School" means a public school that is
    
created and operated by a regional superintendent of schools and approved by the State Board.
        "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
    
monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, in addition to the State accountability assessment, that assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and meeting the needs of the students they serve.
        "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
    
duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in this State.
        "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of
    
not meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need for vocational support or social services beyond that provided by the regular school program. All students included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as well as all English learner and disabled students attending the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk students under this Section.
        "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year
    
2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding school year, or the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school year, or the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in the Organizational Unit" means the number of students reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or would attend if not placed or transferred to another school or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and students attending an alternative education program operated by a regional office of education or intermediate service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent years, the school district reports to the State Board of Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by grade or a December 1 collection of special education pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish such collection for all future years. For any year in which a count by grade level was collected only once, that count shall be used as the single count available for computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy formulas are developed and adopted for each type of program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the assignment of students served by a regional office of education or intermediate service center shall not result in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation. For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall include only enrollment taken on October 1. In recognition of the impact of COVID-19, the definition of "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" shall be adjusted for calculations under this Section for fiscal years 2022 through 2024. For fiscal years 2022 through 2024, the enrollment used in the calculation of ASE representing the 2020-2021 school year shall be the greater of the enrollment for the 2020-2021 school year or the 2019-2020 school year.
        "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
    
of subsection (g) of this Section.
        "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e)
    
of this Section.
        "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used
    
to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State aid.
        "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
    
equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
        "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
    
an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual education divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual education shall include all additional investments in English learner students' adequacy elements.
        "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
    
State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
        "Central office" means individual administrators and
    
support service personnel charged with managing the instructional programs, business and operations, and security of the Organizational Unit.
        "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional
    
cost differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be the CWI initially developed by the National Center for Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M University study, with adjustments made no less frequently than once every 5 years.
        "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
    
servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, instructional software, security software, curriculum management courseware, and other similar materials and equipment.
        "Computer technology and equipment investment
    
allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 per student computer technology and equipment investment grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer technology and equipment investment grant shall include all additional investments in computer technology and equipment adequacy elements.
        "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
    
English, writing, and language arts; history and social studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced Placement in high schools.
        "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
    
elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle and high schools.
        "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
    
teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
        "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement
    
tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
        "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined
    
in paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection (d) of this Section.
        "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
    
employment cost index for civilian workers in educational services in elementary and secondary schools on a cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
        "EIS Data" means the employment information system
    
data maintained by the State Board on educators within Organizational Units.
        "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
    
insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, the costs associated with the statutorily required payment of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.
        "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in
    
the definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of this Code participating in a program of transitional bilingual education or a transitional program of instruction meeting the requirements and program application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, the same collection and calculation methodology as defined above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the exception that EL student enrollment shall include students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12.
        "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
    
and educational programs that have been identified through academic research as necessary to improve student success, improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and provide for other per student costs related to the delivery and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section.
        "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
    
to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
        "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
    
provided to students outside the regular school day before and after school or during non-instructional times during the school day.
        "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
    
in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
        "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph
    
(4) of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
    
subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
    
equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant position at an Organizational Unit.
        "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (g).
        "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit
    
district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
        "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
    
education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in the classroom and provides academic support to students.
        "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
    
or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides instructional support to teachers in the elements of research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or strategies; develops and implements training; chooses standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers with an understanding of current research; serves as a mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in collaboration, to use data to improve instructional practice or develop model lessons.
        "Instructional materials" means relevant
    
instructional materials for student instruction, including, but not limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory equipment, library books, and other similar materials.
        "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
    
created and operated by a public university and approved by the State Board.
        "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
    
library information specialist or another individual whose primary responsibility is overseeing library resources within an Organizational Unit.
        "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the
    
combined elementary school and high school limiting rates.
        "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in
    
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)
    
of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2)
    
of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit
    
in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of students for the prior school year or the immediately preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time that grade level low-income populations become available, grade level low-income populations shall be determined by applying the low-income percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be set to the weighted average of the low-income percentages of all of the school districts in the service region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income percentage of each school district served by the regional office of education or intermediate service center by each school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment for the service region.
        "Maintenance and operations" means custodial
    
services, facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, facility security, routine facility repairs, and other similar services and functions.
        "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9)
    
of subsection (g) of this Section.
        "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
    
given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under Section 2-3.170 of this Code.
        "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all
    
State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
        "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
    
school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of and is available to provide health care-related services for students of an Organizational Unit.
        "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
    
previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
        "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or
    
any public school district that is recognized as such by the State Board and that contains elementary schools typically serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary slightly from what is typical.
        "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by
    
calculating the CWI in the region and original county in which an Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the Organizational Unit CWI.
        "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
    
immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
        "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
    
the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating Tax Rate.
        "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in
    
paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2)
    
of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Principal" means a school administrator duly
    
endorsed to be employed as a principal in this State.
        "Professional development" means training programs
    
for licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, programs that assist in implementing new curriculum programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, encompass instructional strategies for English learner, gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide professional support for licensed staff.
        "Prototypical" means 450 special education
    
pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students for a high school.
        "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
    
Law.
        "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
    
(d) of this Section.
        "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
    
social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff member who provides support to at-risk or struggling students.
        "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
    
Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
        "School counselor" means a licensed school counselor
    
who provides guidance and counseling support for students within an Organizational Unit.
        "School site staff" means the primary school
    
secretary and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
        "Special education" means special educational
    
facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code.
        "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an
    
Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to special education shall include all special education investment adequacy elements.
        "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
    
instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, including, but not limited to, art, music, physical education, health, driver education, career-technical education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit.
        "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
    
safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, special education cooperative or entity recognized by the State Board as a special education cooperative, State-approved charter school, or alternative learning opportunities program that received direct funding from the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through any of the funding sources included within the calculation of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
        "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
    
general State aid funding received by an Organizational Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed).
        "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
    
Targets of all Organizational Units.
        "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
        "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
    
of Education.
        "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
    
multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, thereby creating an average weighted index.
        "Student activities" means non-credit producing
    
after-school programs, including, but not limited to, clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by the school board of the Organizational Unit.
        "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
    
teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace another staff member.
        "Summer school" means academic and enrichment
    
programs provided to students during the summer months outside of the regular school year.
        "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
    
who helps in supervising students of an Organizational Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising students when being transported in buses serving the Organizational Unit.
        "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
    
subsection (g).
        "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are
    
defined in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
        "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
    
Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
    (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is
    
the sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
        (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
    
rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups thereto are as follows:
            (A) Core class size investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
                (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
            
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required to support one FTE core teacher position for every 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and one FTE core teacher position for every 20 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
                (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the
            
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required to support one FTE core teacher position for every 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and one FTE core teacher position for every 25 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
            The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
        
grade shall be determined by subtracting the Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the Organizational Unit for that grade.
            (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher positions that correspond to the following percentages:
                (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
            
elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, as determined under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph (2); and
                (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
            
high school, then 33.33% of the number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers.
            (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
            (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor)
        
investments. Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
            (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time equivalent core, specialist, and intervention teachers, school nurses, special education teachers and instructional assistants, instructional facilitators, and summer school and extended day teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the average salary of each instructional assistant position.
            (F) Core school counselor investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE school counselor for each 450 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 ASE high school students.
            (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
        
shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students across all grade levels it serves.
            (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for each 200 ASE high school students.
            (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE librarian for each prototypical elementary school, middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or media technician for every 300 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students.
            (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE principal position for each prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE principal position for each prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal position for each prototypical high school.
            (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical middle school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical high school.
            (L) School site staff investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students.
            (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit
        
shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 ASE.
            (N) Professional development investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students for trainers and other professional development-related expenses for supplies and materials.
            (O) Instructional material investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover instructional material costs.
            (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover assessment costs.
            (Q) Computer technology and equipment
        
investments. Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover computer technology and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall receive an additional $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover computer technology and equipment costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. The State Board may establish additional requirements for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a requirement that funds received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the technology needs of the district. It is the intent of Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the following year, subject to compliance with the requirements of the State Board.
            (R) Student activities investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the following funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, plus $675 per ASE student in high school.
            (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students for day-to-day maintenance and operations expenditures, including salary, supplies, and materials, as well as purchased services, but excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92.
            (T) Central office investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover central office operations, including administrators and classified personnel charged with managing the instructional programs, business and operations of the school district, and security personnel. The proportion of salary for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
            (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, excluding substitute teachers and student activities investments, to cover benefit costs. For central office and maintenance and operations investments, the benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary proportion of each investment. If at any time the responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the Organizational Unit for the preceding school year shall be added to the benefit investment. For any fiscal year in which a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for retiree health insurance as certified by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago to be paid by the school district for the preceding school year that is statutorily required to cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois and the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall submit such information as the State Superintendent may require for the calculations set forth in this subparagraph (U).
            (V) Additional investments in low-income
        
students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
            
position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
            
every 125 Low-Income Count students;
                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
            
for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
            
for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
            (W) Additional investments in English learner
        
students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
            
position for every 125 English learner students;
                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
            
every 125 English learner students;
                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
            
for every 120 English learner students;
                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
            
for every 120 English learner students; and
                (v) one FTE core teacher position for every
            
100 English learner students.
            (X) Special education investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover special education as follows:
                (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
            
combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students;
                (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for
            
every 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students; and
                (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
            
1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students.
        (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
    
Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar using the employment information system data maintained by the State Board, limited to public schools only and excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and charter schools, for the following positions:
            (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
            (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
            (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
            (D) School counselor for grades K through 8.
            (E) School counselor for grades 9 through 12.
            (F) School counselor for grades K through 12.
            (G) Social worker.
            (H) Psychologist.
            (I) Librarian.
            (J) Nurse.
            (K) Principal.
            (L) Assistant principal.
        For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
    
includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, instructional facilitators, tutors, special education teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply.
        For calculating the salaries included within the
    
Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
            (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
            (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional
        
assistant, library aide, library media tech, or supervisory aide: $25,000.
        In the second and subsequent years of implementation
    
of Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.
        The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
    
determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a Regionalization Factor.
    (c) Local Capacity calculation.
        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
    
represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local Capacity Target.
        (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
    
Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity Ratio.
            (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
        
Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each Organizational Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2).
            (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
        
in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further adjusted as follows:
                (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no further adjustments shall be made;
                (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be multiplied by 9/13;
                (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be multiplied by 4/13; and
                (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a
            
different grade configuration than those specified in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
            (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the
        
percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each Organizational Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall be calculated using the standard normal distribution of the score in relation to the weighted mean and weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from the public university that are allocated to the Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center, the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from school districts that are allocated to the regional office of education or intermediate service center. The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard deviation shall be determined by taking the square root of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated by squaring the difference between each unit's Local Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit to create a weighted variance for each unit, then summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by the total ASE of all units.
            (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
        
Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of education's remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal cost portion of the required contribution and amount allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of the City of Chicago.
        (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are
    
more than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by the Local Capacity Percentage.
        As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
    
Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target.
    (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
        (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
    
product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational Unit.
        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
    
equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of calculating Local Capacity.
        (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the
    
Department of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
            (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
        
equalized assessed value of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit situated entirely or partially within a county that is or was subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by which the homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds the total amount that would have been allowed in that Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code shall annually calculate and certify to the Department of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if the general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions.
            (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
        
Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to which a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of real property located in any such project area that is attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be used until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
            (B-5) The real property equalized assessed
        
valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by subtracting from the real property value, as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the district an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same percentage rates for district type as specified in this subparagraph (B-5).
            (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
        
Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial elementary unit district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code.
            (D) If a school district's boundaries span
        
multiple counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the State Board, for the purposes of calculating Evidence-Based Funding, the limiting rate and individual rates by purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school district's equalized assessed valuation.
        (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be
    
the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years or the lesser of its EAV in the immediately preceding year or the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years if the EAV in the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years. In the event of Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the second year, and the lesser of a 3-year average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the third year. For any school district whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if that year represents a decline of 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years.
        "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
    
Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized assessed valuation of disconnected property.
        As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and
    
"recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
    (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
        (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
    
Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and specified appropriation amounts described in this paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for children requiring special education services); Section 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the school district's actual expenditures for its non-public special education, special education transportation, transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' alternative education, services that would otherwise be performed by a regional office of education, special education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as most recently calculated and reported pursuant to subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $952,014. For programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must be the total amount of State funds allocated to those programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and administered by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must have an initial Base Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar existing program type. If the enrollment for a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center is zero, then it may not receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to Organizational Units under subsection (g).
        (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years,
    
the Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) any amount received by a school district pursuant to Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21.
        For the 2022-2023 school year, the Base Funding
    
Minimum of Organizational Units shall be the amounts recalculated by the State Board of Education for Fiscal Year 2019 through Fiscal Year 2022 that were necessary due to average student enrollment errors for districts organized under Article 34 of this Code, plus the Fiscal Year 2022 property tax relief grants provided under Section 2-3.170 of this Code, ensuring each Organizational Unit has the correct amount of resources for Fiscal Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding calculations and that Fiscal Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding Distributions are made in accordance with this Section.
        (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as
    
provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding Minimum is calculated by the State Board:
            (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under
        
an Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to the control of the State Board pursuant to a court order for a minimum of 4 school years.
            (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a
        
Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of this Section.
            (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates
        
sustainability through a 5-year financial and strategic plan.
            (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient
        
progress and achieved sufficient stability in the areas of governance, academic growth, and finances.
        As part of its determination under this paragraph
    
(3), the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's summative designation, any accreditations of the Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's financial profile, as calculated by the State Board.
        If the State Board determines that an Organizational
    
Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board makes it determination, on the amount of District Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the addition of District Intervention Money is deemed approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of District Intervention Money to be added to the Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding Minimum annually thereafter.
        For the first 4 years following the initial year that
    
the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has received funding under this Section, the Organizational Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each year and the approved budget financial data for the current year. The plan shall be developed according to the guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the State Board. The plan shall further include financial projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a discussion and financial summary of the Organizational Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, or other financial information as required by law, the State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State Board may extend the duration of the Panel.
    (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
        (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
    
Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f).
        (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources
    
are equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
        (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an
    
Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools shall not include any portion of general State aid allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition charge times the charter school enrollment.
        (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of
    
Adequacy is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy.
    (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
        (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
    
Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
        (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for
    
all Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
        (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4
    
tiers as follows:
            (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
        
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
            (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all
        
other Organizational Units, except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than 0.90.
            (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
        
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
            (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units
        
with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0.
        (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are
    
determined as follows:
            (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
            (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 Organizational Units, unless the result of such equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation Rate is 1.0.
            (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 Organizational Units.
            (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 Organizational Units.
        (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
            (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level
        
that allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
            (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
            (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
        (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is
    
greater than 90%, then all Tier 1 funding shall be allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's funding may be identified.
        (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
    
receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units.
        (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
    
Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for direct funding following the implementation of Public Act 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of the Organizational Units.
        (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special
    
education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The school district and the cooperative must include the amount of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal.
        (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to
    
establish a target for State funding that will keep pace with inflation and continue to advance equity through the Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner:
            (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
            (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is exhausted.
            (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 and Tier 3.
            (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by
        
an amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
        (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
    
fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of $50,000,000.
        (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
    
appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding received in accordance with this Section in the prior fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the relative formula when increases in appropriations for this Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum established in the first year of implementation of this Section. If additional reductions are required, all school districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
        (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
    
adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to the nearest whole dollar.
    (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and district submission requirements.
        (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance
    
with appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the funding obligations created under this Section.
        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
    
Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit under this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed within an Organizational Unit without the approval of the unit's school board.
        (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds allocated for its students with disabilities. The State Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the unit's Adequacy Target.
        (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit must expend on special education and bilingual education and computer technology and equipment for Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an additional $285.50 per student computer technology and equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and computer technology and equipment investment allocation.
        (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
    
calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit.
        (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
    
school year, to maintain school as required by law or to maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of the district shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of the school district. "Recognized school" means any public school that meets the standards for recognition by the State Board. A school district or attendance center not having recognition status at the end of a school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim that was filed while it was recognized.
        (7) School district claims filed under this Section
    
are subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as otherwise provided in this Section.
        (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall be deemed attributable to the provision of special educational facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of State financial support requirements under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for the provision of special educational facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure verification procedures adopted by the State Board.
        (9) All Organizational Units in this State must
    
submit annual spending plans by the end of September of each year to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding it receives from this State under this Section with specific identification of the intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and special education resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, from time to time, identify additional requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual spending plans required under this subsection (h). The format and scope of annual spending plans shall be developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board of Education. School districts that serve students under Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code.
        (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
    
Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations for:
            (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
        
innovative, and 21st century learning environments using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
            (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
        
educators for successful instructional careers;
            (C) application and enhancement of the current
        
financial accountability measures, the approved State plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures in relation to student growth and elements of the Evidence-Based Funding model; and
            (D) implementation of an effective school
        
adequacy funding system based on projected and recommended funding levels from the General Assembly.
        (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
    
must recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the study of average expenses and as reported in the most recent annual financial report:
            (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
        
(2) of subsection (b).
            (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
        
(O) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
        
(S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
    (i) Professional Review Panel.
        (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study
    
and review topics related to the implementation and effect of Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or his or her designee must serve as a voting member and chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the following members:
            (A) Two appointees that represent district
        
superintendents, recommended by a statewide organization that represents district superintendents.
            (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
        
recommended by a statewide organization that represents school boards.
            (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
        
school business officials, recommended by a statewide organization that represents school business officials.
            (D) Two appointees that represent school
        
principals, recommended by a statewide organization that represents school principals.
            (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
        
recommended by a statewide organization that represents teachers.
            (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
        
recommended by another statewide organization that represents teachers.
            (G) Two appointees that represent regional
        
superintendents of schools, recommended by organizations that represent regional superintendents.
            (H) Two independent experts selected solely by
        
the State Superintendent.
            (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
        
universities in this State.
            (J) One member recommended by a statewide
        
organization that represents parents.
            (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
        
impact organizations that represent major metropolitan areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
            (L) One member from a statewide organization
        
focused on research-based education policy to support a school system that prepares all students for college, a career, and democratic citizenship.
            (M) One representative from a school district
        
organized under Article 34 of this Code.
        The State Superintendent shall ensure that the
    
membership of the Panel includes representatives from school districts and communities reflecting the geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally ensure that the membership of the Panel includes representatives with expertise in bilingual education and special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff the Panel.
        (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by
    
the State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the President of the Senate, one member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
        (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of
    
the General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following topics at the direction of the chairperson:
            (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
        
referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this Section.
            (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section.
            (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital
        
maintenance and construction costs.
            (D) "At-risk student" definition.
            (E) Benefits.
            (F) Technology.
            (G) Local Capacity Target.
            (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
        
Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning opportunities programs.
            (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
        
strategies.
            (J) Special education investments.
            (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration
        
with the Illinois Early Learning Council.
        (4) (Blank).
        (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
    
Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of the study.
        (6) (Blank).
        (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target
    
calculation under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of students living in poverty or attending schools located in areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula distribution system established under this Section are sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the following in its review:
            (A) The financial ability of school districts to
        
provide instruction in a foreign language to every student and whether an additional Essential Element should be added to the formula to ensure that every student has access to instruction in a foreign language.
            (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential
        
Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel shall consider whether the ratio accurately reflects the staffing needed to support students living in poverty or who have traumatic backgrounds.
            (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be
        
required to better promote racial equity and eliminate structural racism within schools.
            (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in
        
additional funds each year under this Section and an estimate of when the school system will become fully funded under this level of appropriation.
            (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding
        
structures that would enable the State to become fully funded at an earlier date.
            (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to
        
find cost savings within the school system to expedite the journey to a fully funded system.
            (G) The appropriate levels for reenrolling and
        
graduating high-risk high school students who have been previously out of school. These outcomes shall include enrollment, attendance, skill gains, credit gains, graduation or promotion to the next grade level, and the transition to college, training, or employment, with an emphasis on progressively increasing the overall attendance.
            (H) The evidence-based or research-based
        
practices that are shown to reduce the gaps and disparities experienced by African American students in academic achievement and educational performance, including practices that have been shown to reduce disparities in disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation rates, college matriculation rates, and college completion rates.
        On or before December 31, 2021, the Panel shall
    
report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is inoperative on and after July 1, 2022.
        (8) On or before April 1, 2024, the Panel must submit
    
a report to the General Assembly on annual adjustments to Glenwood Academy's base-funding minimum in a similar fashion to school districts under this Section.
    (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be references to evidence-based model formula funds or calculations under this Section.
(Source: P.A. 102-33, eff. 6-25-21; 102-197, eff. 7-30-21; 102-558, eff. 8-20-21; 102-699, eff. 4-19-22; 102-782, eff. 1-1-23; 102-813, eff. 5-13-22; 102-894, eff. 5-20-22; 103-8, eff. 6-7-23.)
 
    (Text of Section from P.A. 103-154)
    Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
    (a) General provisions.
        (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that,
    
by June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten through grade 12 public education system with the capacity to ensure the educational development of all persons to the limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of funding public education that is evidence-based; is sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under this Section, every school shall have the resources, based on what the evidence indicates is needed, to:
            (A) provide all students with a high quality
        
education that offers the academic, enrichment, social and emotional support, technical, and career-focused programs that will allow them to become competitive workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of this State, and active members of our national democracy;
            (B) ensure all students receive the education
        
they need to graduate from high school with the skills required to pursue post-secondary education and training for a rewarding career;
            (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
        
achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk students by raising the performance of at-risk students and not by reducing standards; and
            (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
        
assume the primary responsibility to fund public education and simultaneously relieve the disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes to fund schools.
        (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this
    
Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both legislative chambers. As further defined and described in this Section, there are 4 major components of the Evidence-Based Funding model:
            (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy
        
Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that considers the costs to implement research-based activities, the unit's student demographics, and regional wage differences.
            (B) Second, the model calculates each
        
Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute toward its Adequacy Target from local resources.
            (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
        
the State currently contributes to the Organizational Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to determine the unit's overall current adequacy of funding.
            (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
        
allocates new State funding to those Organizational Units that are least well-funded, considering both Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their Adequacy Target.
        (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding
    
under this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make expenditures by law.
        (4) As used in this Section, the following terms
    
shall have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
        "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (b) of this Section.
        "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
    
paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for
    
all Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a transportation rate based on total expenses for transportation services under this Code, as reported on the most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the total transportation expenses, as defined in this paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from the Operating Tax Rate.
        "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
    
subsection (g) of this Section.
        "Alternative School" means a public school that is
    
created and operated by a regional superintendent of schools and approved by the State Board.
        "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
    
monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, in addition to the State accountability assessment, that assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and meeting the needs of the students they serve.
        "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
    
duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in this State.
        "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of
    
not meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need for vocational support or social services beyond that provided by the regular school program. All students included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as well as all English learner and disabled students attending the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk students under this Section.
        "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year
    
2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding school year, or the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school year, or the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in the Organizational Unit" means the number of students reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or would attend if not placed or transferred to another school or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and students attending an alternative education program operated by a regional office of education or intermediate service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent years, the school district reports to the State Board of Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by grade or a December 1 collection of special education pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish such collection for all future years. For any year in which a count by grade level was collected only once, that count shall be used as the single count available for computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy formulas are developed and adopted for each type of program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the assignment of students served by a regional office of education or intermediate service center shall not result in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation. For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall include only enrollment taken on October 1. In recognition of the impact of COVID-19, the definition of "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" shall be adjusted for calculations under this Section for fiscal years 2022 through 2024. For fiscal years 2022 through 2024, the enrollment used in the calculation of ASE representing the 2020-2021 school year shall be the greater of the enrollment for the 2020-2021 school year or the 2019-2020 school year.
        "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
    
of subsection (g) of this Section.
        "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e)
    
of this Section.
        "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used
    
to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State aid.
        "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
    
equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
        "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
    
an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual education divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual education shall include all additional investments in English learner students' adequacy elements.
        "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
    
State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
        "Central office" means individual administrators and
    
support service personnel charged with managing the instructional programs, business and operations, and security of the Organizational Unit.
        "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional
    
cost differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be the CWI initially developed by the National Center for Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M University study, with adjustments made no less frequently than once every 5 years.
        "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
    
servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, instructional software, security software, curriculum management courseware, and other similar materials and equipment.
        "Computer technology and equipment investment
    
allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 per student computer technology and equipment investment grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer technology and equipment investment grant shall include all additional investments in computer technology and equipment adequacy elements.
        "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
    
English, writing, and language arts; history and social studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced Placement in high schools.
        "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
    
elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle and high schools.
        "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
    
teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
        "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement
    
tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
        "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined
    
in paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection (d) of this Section.
        "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
    
employment cost index for civilian workers in educational services in elementary and secondary schools on a cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
        "EIS Data" means the employment information system
    
data maintained by the State Board on educators within Organizational Units.
        "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
    
insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, the costs associated with the statutorily required payment of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.
        "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in
    
the definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of this Code participating in a program of transitional bilingual education or a transitional program of instruction meeting the requirements and program application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, the same collection and calculation methodology as defined above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the exception that EL student enrollment shall include students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12.
        "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
    
and educational programs that have been identified through academic research as necessary to improve student success, improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and provide for other per student costs related to the delivery and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section.
        "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
    
to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
        "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
    
provided to students outside the regular school day before and after school or during non-instructional times during the school day.
        "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
    
in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
        "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph
    
(4) of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
    
subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
    
equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant position at an Organizational Unit.
        "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (g).
        "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit
    
district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
        "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
    
education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in the classroom and provides academic support to students.
        "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
    
or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides instructional support to teachers in the elements of research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or strategies; develops and implements training; chooses standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers with an understanding of current research; serves as a mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in collaboration, to use data to improve instructional practice or develop model lessons.
        "Instructional materials" means relevant
    
instructional materials for student instruction, including, but not limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory equipment, library books, and other similar materials.
        "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
    
created and operated by a public university and approved by the State Board.
        "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
    
library information specialist or another individual whose primary responsibility is overseeing library resources within an Organizational Unit.
        "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the
    
combined elementary school and high school limiting rates.
        "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in
    
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)
    
of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2)
    
of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit
    
in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of students for the prior school year or the immediately preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time that grade level low-income populations become available, grade level low-income populations shall be determined by applying the low-income percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be set to the weighted average of the low-income percentages of all of the school districts in the service region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income percentage of each school district served by the regional office of education or intermediate service center by each school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment for the service region.
        "Maintenance and operations" means custodial
    
services, facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, facility security, routine facility repairs, and other similar services and functions.
        "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9)
    
of subsection (g) of this Section.
        "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
    
given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under Section 2-3.170 of this Code.
        "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all
    
State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
        "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
    
school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of and is available to provide health care-related services for students of an Organizational Unit.
        "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
    
previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
        "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or
    
any public school district that is recognized as such by the State Board and that contains elementary schools typically serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary slightly from what is typical.
        "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by
    
calculating the CWI in the region and original county in which an Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the Organizational Unit CWI.
        "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
    
immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
        "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
    
the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating Tax Rate.
        "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in
    
paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2)
    
of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Principal" means a school administrator duly
    
endorsed to be employed as a principal in this State.
        "Professional development" means training programs
    
for licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, programs that assist in implementing new curriculum programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, encompass instructional strategies for English learner, gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide professional support for licensed staff.
        "Prototypical" means 450 special education
    
pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students for a high school.
        "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
    
Law.
        "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
    
(d) of this Section.
        "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
    
social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff member who provides support to at-risk or struggling students.
        "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
    
Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
        "School counselor" means a licensed school counselor
    
who provides guidance and counseling support for students within an Organizational Unit.
        "School site staff" means the primary school
    
secretary and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
        "Special education" means special educational
    
facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code.
        "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an
    
Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to special education shall include all special education investment adequacy elements.
        "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
    
instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, including, but not limited to, art, music, physical education, health, driver education, career-technical education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit.
        "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
    
safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, special education cooperative or entity recognized by the State Board as a special education cooperative, State-approved charter school, or alternative learning opportunities program that received direct funding from the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through any of the funding sources included within the calculation of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
        "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
    
general State aid funding received by an Organizational Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed).
        "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
    
Targets of all Organizational Units.
        "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
        "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
    
of Education.
        "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
    
multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, thereby creating an average weighted index.
        "Student activities" means non-credit producing
    
after-school programs, including, but not limited to, clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by the school board of the Organizational Unit.
        "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
    
teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace another staff member.
        "Summer school" means academic and enrichment
    
programs provided to students during the summer months outside of the regular school year.
        "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
    
who helps in supervising students of an Organizational Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising students when being transported in buses serving the Organizational Unit.
        "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
    
subsection (g).
        "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are
    
defined in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
        "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
    
Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
    (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is
    
the sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
        (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
    
rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups thereto are as follows:
            (A) Core class size investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
                (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
            
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required to support one FTE core teacher position for every 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and one FTE core teacher position for every 20 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
                (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the
            
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required to support one FTE core teacher position for every 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and one FTE core teacher position for every 25 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
            The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
        
grade shall be determined by subtracting the Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the Organizational Unit for that grade.
            (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher positions that correspond to the following percentages:
                (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
            
elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, as determined under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph (2); and
                (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
            
high school, then 33.33% of the number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers.
            (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
            (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor)
        
investments. Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
            (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time equivalent core, specialist, and intervention teachers, school nurses, special education teachers and instructional assistants, instructional facilitators, and summer school and extended day teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the average salary of each instructional assistant position.
            (F) Core school counselor investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE school counselor for each 450 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 ASE high school students.
            (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
        
shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students across all grade levels it serves.
            (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for each 200 ASE high school students.
            (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE librarian for each prototypical elementary school, middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or media technician for every 300 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students.
            (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE principal position for each prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE principal position for each prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal position for each prototypical high school.
            (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical middle school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical high school.
            (L) School site staff investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students.
            (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit
        
shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 ASE.
            (N) Professional development investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students for trainers and other professional development-related expenses for supplies and materials.
            (O) Instructional material investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover instructional material costs.
            (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover assessment costs.
            (Q) Computer technology and equipment
        
investments. Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover computer technology and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall receive an additional $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover computer technology and equipment costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. The State Board may establish additional requirements for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a requirement that funds received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the technology needs of the district. It is the intent of Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the following year, subject to compliance with the requirements of the State Board.
            (R) Student activities investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the following funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, plus $675 per ASE student in high school.
            (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students for day-to-day maintenance and operations expenditures, including salary, supplies, and materials, as well as purchased services, but excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92.
            (T) Central office investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover central office operations, including administrators and classified personnel charged with managing the instructional programs, business and operations of the school district, and security personnel. The proportion of salary for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
            (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, excluding substitute teachers and student activities investments, to cover benefit costs. For central office and maintenance and operations investments, the benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary proportion of each investment. If at any time the responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the Organizational Unit for the preceding school year shall be added to the benefit investment. For any fiscal year in which a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for retiree health insurance as certified by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago to be paid by the school district for the preceding school year that is statutorily required to cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois and the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall submit such information as the State Superintendent may require for the calculations set forth in this subparagraph (U).
            (V) Additional investments in low-income
        
students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
            
position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
            
every 125 Low-Income Count students;
                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
            
for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
            
for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
            (W) Additional investments in English learner
        
students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
            
position for every 125 English learner students;
                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
            
every 125 English learner students;
                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
            
for every 120 English learner students;
                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
            
for every 120 English learner students; and
                (v) one FTE core teacher position for every
            
100 English learner students.
            (X) Special education investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover special education as follows:
                (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
            
combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students;
                (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for
            
every 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students; and
                (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
            
1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students.
        (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
    
Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar using the employment information system data maintained by the State Board, limited to public schools only and excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and charter schools, for the following positions:
            (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
            (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
            (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
            (D) School counselor for grades K through 8.
            (E) School counselor for grades 9 through 12.
            (F) School counselor for grades K through 12.
            (G) Social worker.
            (H) Psychologist.
            (I) Librarian.
            (J) Nurse.
            (K) Principal.
            (L) Assistant principal.
        For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
    
includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, instructional facilitators, tutors, special education teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply.
        For calculating the salaries included within the
    
Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
            (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
            (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional
        
assistant, library aide, library media tech, or supervisory aide: $25,000.
        In the second and subsequent years of implementation
    
of Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.
        The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
    
determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a Regionalization Factor.
    (c) Local Capacity calculation.
        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
    
represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local Capacity Target.
        (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
    
Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity Ratio.
            (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
        
Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each Organizational Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2).
            (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
        
in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further adjusted as follows:
                (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no further adjustments shall be made;
                (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be multiplied by 9/13;
                (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be multiplied by 4/13; and
                (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a
            
different grade configuration than those specified in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
            (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the
        
percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each Organizational Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall be calculated using the standard normal distribution of the score in relation to the weighted mean and weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from the public university that are allocated to the Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center, the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from school districts that are allocated to the regional office of education or intermediate service center. The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard deviation shall be determined by taking the square root of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated by squaring the difference between each unit's Local Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit to create a weighted variance for each unit, then summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by the total ASE of all units.
            (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
        
Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of education's remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal cost portion of the required contribution and amount allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of the City of Chicago.
        (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are
    
more than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by the Local Capacity Percentage.
        As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
    
Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target.
    (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
        (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
    
product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational Unit.
        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
    
equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of calculating Local Capacity.
        (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the
    
Department of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
            (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
        
equalized assessed value of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit situated entirely or partially within a county that is or was subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by which the homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds the total amount that would have been allowed in that Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code shall annually calculate and certify to the Department of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if the general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions.
            (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
        
Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to which a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of real property located in any such project area that is attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be used until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
            (B-5) The real property equalized assessed
        
valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by subtracting from the real property value, as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the district an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same percentage rates for district type as specified in this subparagraph (B-5).
            (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
        
Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial elementary unit district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code.
            (D) If a school district's boundaries span
        
multiple counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the State Board, for the purposes of calculating Evidence-Based Funding, the limiting rate and individual rates by purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school district's equalized assessed valuation.
        (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be
    
the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years or the lesser of its EAV in the immediately preceding year or the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years if the EAV in the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years. In the event of Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the second year, and the lesser of a 3-year average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the third year. For any school district whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if that year represents a decline of 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years.
        "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
    
Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized assessed valuation of disconnected property.
        As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and
    
"recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
    (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
        (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
    
Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and specified appropriation amounts described in this paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for children requiring special education services); Section 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the school district's actual expenditures for its non-public special education, special education transportation, transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' alternative education, services that would otherwise be performed by a regional office of education, special education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as most recently calculated and reported pursuant to subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must be the total amount of State funds allocated to those programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and administered by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must have an initial Base Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar existing program type. If the enrollment for a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center is zero, then it may not receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to Organizational Units under subsection (g).
        (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years,
    
the Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) any amount received by a school district pursuant to Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21.
        For the 2022-2023 school year, the Base Funding
    
Minimum of Organizational Units shall be the amounts recalculated by the State Board of Education for Fiscal Year 2019 through Fiscal Year 2022 that were necessary due to average student enrollment errors for districts organized under Article 34 of this Code, plus the Fiscal Year 2022 property tax relief grants provided under Section 2-3.170 of this Code, ensuring each Organizational Unit has the correct amount of resources for Fiscal Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding calculations and that Fiscal Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding Distributions are made in accordance with this Section.
        (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as
    
provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding Minimum is calculated by the State Board:
            (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under
        
an Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to the control of the State Board pursuant to a court order for a minimum of 4 school years.
            (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a
        
Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of this Section.
            (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates
        
sustainability through a 5-year financial and strategic plan.
            (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient
        
progress and achieved sufficient stability in the areas of governance, academic growth, and finances.
        As part of its determination under this paragraph
    
(3), the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's summative designation, any accreditations of the Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's financial profile, as calculated by the State Board.
        If the State Board determines that an Organizational
    
Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board makes it determination, on the amount of District Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the addition of District Intervention Money is deemed approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of District Intervention Money to be added to the Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding Minimum annually thereafter.
        For the first 4 years following the initial year that
    
the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has received funding under this Section, the Organizational Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each year and the approved budget financial data for the current year. The plan shall be developed according to the guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the State Board. The plan shall further include financial projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a discussion and financial summary of the Organizational Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, or other financial information as required by law, the State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State Board may extend the duration of the Panel.
    (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
        (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
    
Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f).
        (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources
    
are equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
        (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an
    
Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools shall not include any portion of general State aid allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition charge times the charter school enrollment.
        (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of
    
Adequacy is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy.
    (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
        (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
    
Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
        (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for
    
all Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
        (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4
    
tiers as follows:
            (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
        
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
            (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all
        
other Organizational Units, except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than 0.90.
            (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
        
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
            (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units
        
with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0.
        (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are
    
determined as follows:
            (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
            (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 Organizational Units, unless the result of such equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation Rate is 1.0.
            (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 Organizational Units.
            (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 Organizational Units.
        (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
            (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level
        
that allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
            (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
            (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
        (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is
    
greater than 90%, then all Tier 1 funding shall be allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's funding may be identified.
        (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
    
receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units.
        (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
    
Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for direct funding following the implementation of Public Act 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of the Organizational Units.
        (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special
    
education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The school district and the cooperative must include the amount of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal.
        (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to
    
establish a target for State funding that will keep pace with inflation and continue to advance equity through the Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner:
            (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
            (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is exhausted.
            (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 and Tier 3.
            (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by
        
an amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
        (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
    
fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of $50,000,000.
        (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
    
appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding received in accordance with this Section in the prior fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the relative formula when increases in appropriations for this Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum established in the first year of implementation of this Section. If additional reductions are required, all school districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
        (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
    
adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to the nearest whole dollar.
    (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and district submission requirements.
        (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance
    
with appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the funding obligations created under this Section.
        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
    
Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit under this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed within an Organizational Unit without the approval of the unit's school board.
        (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds allocated for its students with disabilities. The State Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the unit's Adequacy Target.
        (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit must expend on special education and bilingual education and computer technology and equipment for Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an additional $285.50 per student computer technology and equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and computer technology and equipment investment allocation.
        (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
    
calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit.
        (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
    
school year, to maintain school as required by law or to maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of the district shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of the school district. "Recognized school" means any public school that meets the standards for recognition by the State Board. A school district or attendance center not having recognition status at the end of a school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim that was filed while it was recognized.
        (7) School district claims filed under this Section
    
are subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as otherwise provided in this Section.
        (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall be deemed attributable to the provision of special educational facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of State financial support requirements under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for the provision of special educational facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure verification procedures adopted by the State Board.
        (9) All Organizational Units in this State must
    
submit annual spending plans by the end of September of each year to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding it receives from this State under this Section with specific identification of the intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and special education resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, from time to time, identify additional requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual spending plans required under this subsection (h). The format and scope of annual spending plans shall be developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board of Education. School districts that serve students under Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code.
        (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
    
Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations for:
            (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
        
innovative, and 21st century learning environments using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
            (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
        
educators for successful instructional careers;
            (C) application and enhancement of the current
        
financial accountability measures, the approved State plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures in relation to student growth and elements of the Evidence-Based Funding model; and
            (D) implementation of an effective school
        
adequacy funding system based on projected and recommended funding levels from the General Assembly.
        (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
    
must recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the study of average expenses and as reported in the most recent annual financial report:
            (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
        
(2) of subsection (b).
            (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
        
(O) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
        
(S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
    (i) Professional Review Panel.
        (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study
    
and review topics related to the implementation and effect of Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or his or her designee must serve as a voting member and chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the following members:
            (A) Two appointees that represent district
        
superintendents, recommended by a statewide organization that represents district superintendents.
            (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
        
recommended by a statewide organization that represents school boards.
            (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
        
school business officials, recommended by a statewide organization that represents school business officials.
            (D) Two appointees that represent school
        
principals, recommended by a statewide organization that represents school principals.
            (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
        
recommended by a statewide organization that represents teachers.
            (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
        
recommended by another statewide organization that represents teachers.
            (G) Two appointees that represent regional
        
superintendents of schools, recommended by organizations that represent regional superintendents.
            (H) Two independent experts selected solely by
        
the State Superintendent.
            (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
        
universities in this State.
            (J) One member recommended by a statewide
        
organization that represents parents.
            (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
        
impact organizations that represent major metropolitan areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
            (L) One member from a statewide organization
        
focused on research-based education policy to support a school system that prepares all students for college, a career, and democratic citizenship.
            (M) One representative from a school district
        
organized under Article 34 of this Code.
        The State Superintendent shall ensure that the
    
membership of the Panel includes representatives from school districts and communities reflecting the geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally ensure that the membership of the Panel includes representatives with expertise in bilingual education and special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff the Panel.
        (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by
    
the State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the President of the Senate, one member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
        (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of
    
the General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following topics at the direction of the chairperson:
            (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
        
referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this Section.
            (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section.
            (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital
        
maintenance and construction costs.
            (D) "At-risk student" definition.
            (E) Benefits.
            (F) Technology.
            (G) Local Capacity Target.
            (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
        
Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning opportunities programs.
            (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
        
strategies.
            (J) Special education investments.
            (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration
        
with the Illinois Early Learning Council.
        (4) (Blank).
        (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
    
Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of the study.
        (6) (Blank).
        (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target
    
calculation under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of students living in poverty or attending schools located in areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula distribution system established under this Section are sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the following in its review:
            (A) The financial ability of school districts to
        
provide instruction in a foreign language to every student and whether an additional Essential Element should be added to the formula to ensure that every student has access to instruction in a foreign language.
            (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential
        
Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel shall consider whether the ratio accurately reflects the staffing needed to support students living in poverty or who have traumatic backgrounds.
            (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be
        
required to better promote racial equity and eliminate structural racism within schools.
            (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in
        
additional funds each year under this Section and an estimate of when the school system will become fully funded under this level of appropriation.
            (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding
        
structures that would enable the State to become fully funded at an earlier date.
            (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to
        
find cost savings within the school system to expedite the journey to a fully funded system.
            (G) The appropriate levels for reenrolling and
        
graduating high-risk high school students who have been previously out of school. These outcomes shall include enrollment, attendance, skill gains, credit gains, graduation or promotion to the next grade level, and the transition to college, training, or employment, with an emphasis on progressively increasing the overall attendance.
            (H) The evidence-based or research-based
        
practices that are shown to reduce the gaps and disparities experienced by African American students in academic achievement and educational performance, including practices that have been shown to reduce disparities in disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation rates, college matriculation rates, and college completion rates.
        On or before December 31, 2021, the Panel shall
    
report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is inoperative on and after July 1, 2022.
    (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be references to evidence-based model formula funds or calculations under this Section.
(Source: P.A. 102-33, eff. 6-25-21; 102-197, eff. 7-30-21; 102-558, eff. 8-20-21; 102-699, eff. 4-19-22; 102-782, eff. 1-1-23; 102-813, eff. 5-13-22; 102-894, eff. 5-20-22; 103-154, eff. 6-30-23.)
 
    (Text of Section from P.A. 103-175)
    Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years.
    (a) General provisions.
        (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that,
    
by June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten through grade 12 public education system with the capacity to ensure the educational development of all persons to the limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of funding public education that is evidence-based; is sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under this Section, every school shall have the resources, based on what the evidence indicates is needed, to:
            (A) provide all students with a high quality
        
education that offers the academic, enrichment, social and emotional support, technical, and career-focused programs that will allow them to become competitive workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of this State, and active members of our national democracy;
            (B) ensure all students receive the education
        
they need to graduate from high school with the skills required to pursue post-secondary education and training for a rewarding career;
            (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the
        
achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk students by raising the performance of at-risk students and not by reducing standards; and
            (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to
        
assume the primary responsibility to fund public education and simultaneously relieve the disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes to fund schools.
        (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this
    
Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both legislative chambers. As further defined and described in this Section, there are 4 major components of the Evidence-Based Funding model:
            (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy
        
Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that considers the costs to implement research-based activities, the unit's student demographics, and regional wage differences.
            (B) Second, the model calculates each
        
Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute toward its Adequacy Target from local resources.
            (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding
        
the State currently contributes to the Organizational Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to determine the unit's overall current adequacy of funding.
            (D) Finally, the model's distribution method
        
allocates new State funding to those Organizational Units that are least well-funded, considering both Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their Adequacy Target.
        (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding
    
under this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make expenditures by law.
        (4) As used in this Section, the following terms
    
shall have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4):
        "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (b) of this Section.
        "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in
    
paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for
    
all Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a transportation rate based on total expenses for transportation services under this Code, as reported on the most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the total transportation expenses, as defined in this paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from the Operating Tax Rate.
        "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of
    
subsection (g) of this Section.
        "Alternative School" means a public school that is
    
created and operated by a regional superintendent of schools and approved by the State Board.
        "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress
    
monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, in addition to the State accountability assessment, that assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and meeting the needs of the students they serve.
        "Assistant principal" means a school administrator
    
duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in this State.
        "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of
    
not meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need for vocational support or social services beyond that provided by the regular school program. All students included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as well as all English learner and disabled students attending the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk students under this Section.
        "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year
    
2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding school year, or the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school year, or the average number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special education services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in the Organizational Unit" means the number of students reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or would attend if not placed or transferred to another school or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and students attending an alternative education program operated by a regional office of education or intermediate service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent years, the school district reports to the State Board of Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by grade or a December 1 collection of special education pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall establish such collection for all future years. For any year in which a count by grade level was collected only once, that count shall be used as the single count available for computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be calculated using the Evidence-Based Funding formula under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year and each subsequent school year until separate adequacy formulas are developed and adopted for each type of program. ASE for a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be determined by the March 1 enrollment for the program. For the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used in the calculation must be the first-year ASE and, in that year only, the assignment of students served by a regional office of education or intermediate service center shall not result in a reduction of the March enrollment for any school district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year average ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 3-year average ASE. School districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for it to be included in the ASE calculation. For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall include only enrollment taken on October 1. In recognition of the impact of COVID-19, the definition of "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" shall be adjusted for calculations under this Section for fiscal years 2022 through 2024. For fiscal years 2022 through 2024, the enrollment used in the calculation of ASE representing the 2020-2021 school year shall be the greater of the enrollment for the 2020-2021 school year or the 2019-2020 school year.
        "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10)
    
of subsection (g) of this Section.
        "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e)
    
of this Section.
        "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used
    
to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State aid.
        "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the
    
equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL.
        "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of
    
an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual education divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual education shall include all additional investments in English learner students' adequacy elements.
        "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary
    
State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section.
        "Central office" means individual administrators and
    
support service personnel charged with managing the instructional programs, business and operations, and security of the Organizational Unit.
        "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional
    
cost differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be the CWI initially developed by the National Center for Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M University study, with adjustments made no less frequently than once every 5 years.
        "Computer technology and equipment" means computers
    
servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, instructional software, security software, curriculum management courseware, and other similar materials and equipment.
        "Computer technology and equipment investment
    
allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 per student computer technology and equipment investment grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer technology and equipment investment grant shall include all additional investments in computer technology and equipment adequacy elements.
        "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading,
    
English, writing, and language arts; history and social studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced Placement in high schools.
        "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in
    
elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle and high schools.
        "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed
    
teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects.
        "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement
    
tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
        "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined
    
in paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection (d) of this Section.
        "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national
    
employment cost index for civilian workers in educational services in elementary and secondary schools on a cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation.
        "EIS Data" means the employment information system
    
data maintained by the State Board on educators within Organizational Units.
        "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision
    
insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, the costs associated with the statutorily required payment of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions.
        "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in
    
the definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of this Code participating in a program of transitional bilingual education or a transitional program of instruction meeting the requirements and program application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, the same collection and calculation methodology as defined above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the exception that EL student enrollment shall include students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12.
        "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources,
    
and educational programs that have been identified through academic research as necessary to improve student success, improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and provide for other per student costs related to the delivery and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section.
        "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided
    
to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section.
        "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs
    
provided to students outside the regular school day before and after school or during non-instructional times during the school day.
        "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio
    
in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension.
        "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph
    
(4) of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of
    
subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time
    
equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant position at an Organizational Unit.
        "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (g).
        "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit
    
district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code.
        "Instructional assistant" means a core or special
    
education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in the classroom and provides academic support to students.
        "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher
    
or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides instructional support to teachers in the elements of research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or strategies; develops and implements training; chooses standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers with an understanding of current research; serves as a mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in collaboration, to use data to improve instructional practice or develop model lessons.
        "Instructional materials" means relevant
    
instructional materials for student instruction, including, but not limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory equipment, library books, and other similar materials.
        "Laboratory School" means a public school that is
    
created and operated by a public university and approved by the State Board.
        "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a
    
library information specialist or another individual whose primary responsibility is overseeing library resources within an Organizational Unit.
        "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the
    
combined elementary school and high school limiting rates.
        "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in
    
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B)
    
of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2)
    
of subsection (c) of this Section.
        "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit
    
in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of students for the prior school year or the immediately preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time that grade level low-income populations become available, grade level low-income populations shall be determined by applying the low-income percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must be set to the weighted average of the low-income percentages of all of the school districts in the service region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income percentage of each school district served by the regional office of education or intermediate service center by each school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment for the service region.
        "Maintenance and operations" means custodial
    
services, facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, facility security, routine facility repairs, and other similar services and functions.
        "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9)
    
of subsection (g) of this Section.
        "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any
    
given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under Section 2-3.170 of this Code.
        "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all
    
State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year.
        "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified
    
school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of and is available to provide health care-related services for students of an Organizational Unit.
        "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the
    
previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
        "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or
    
any public school district that is recognized as such by the State Board and that contains elementary schools typically serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary slightly from what is typical.
        "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by
    
calculating the CWI in the region and original county in which an Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the Organizational Unit CWI.
        "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year
    
immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
        "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of
    
the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating Tax Rate.
        "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in
    
paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2)
    
of subsection (f) of this Section.
        "Principal" means a school administrator duly
    
endorsed to be employed as a principal in this State.
        "Professional development" means training programs
    
for licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, programs that assist in implementing new curriculum programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, encompass instructional strategies for English learner, gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide professional support for licensed staff.
        "Prototypical" means 450 special education
    
pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students for a high school.
        "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation
    
Law.
        "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection
    
(d) of this Section.
        "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist,
    
social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff member who provides support to at-risk or struggling students.
        "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of
    
subsection (d) of this Section.
        "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular
    
Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI.
        "School counselor" means a licensed school counselor
    
who provides guidance and counseling support for students within an Organizational Unit.
        "School site staff" means the primary school
    
secretary and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school.
        "Special education" means special educational
    
facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code.
        "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an
    
Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to special education shall include all special education investment adequacy elements.
        "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides
    
instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, including, but not limited to, art, music, physical education, health, driver education, career-technical education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit.
        "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School,
    
safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, special education cooperative or entity recognized by the State Board as a special education cooperative, State-approved charter school, or alternative learning opportunities program that received direct funding from the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through any of the funding sources included within the calculation of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy.
        "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental
    
general State aid funding received by an Organizational Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed).
        "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy
    
Targets of all Organizational Units.
        "State Board" means the State Board of Education.
        "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent
    
of Education.
        "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by
    
multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, thereby creating an average weighted index.
        "Student activities" means non-credit producing
    
after-school programs, including, but not limited to, clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by the school board of the Organizational Unit.
        "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or
    
teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace another staff member.
        "Summer school" means academic and enrichment
    
programs provided to students during the summer months outside of the regular school year.
        "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member
    
who helps in supervising students of an Organizational Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising students when being transported in buses serving the Organizational Unit.
        "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of
    
subsection (g).
        "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are
    
defined in paragraph (3) of subsection (g).
        "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate
    
Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g).
    (b) Adequacy Target calculation.
        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is
    
the sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b).
        (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro
    
rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups thereto are as follows:
            (A) Core class size investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers:
                (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the
            
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required to support one FTE core teacher position for every 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and one FTE core teacher position for every 20 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
                (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the
            
Organizational Unit shall receive funding required to support one FTE core teacher position for every 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and one FTE core teacher position for every 25 non-Low-Income Count students in those grades.
            The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a
        
grade shall be determined by subtracting the Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the Organizational Unit for that grade.
            (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher positions that correspond to the following percentages:
                (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an
            
elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, as determined under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph (2); and
                (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a
            
high school, then 33.33% of the number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers.
            (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit.
            (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor)
        
investments. Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each prototypical elementary, middle, and high school.
            (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time equivalent core, specialist, and intervention teachers, school nurses, special education teachers and instructional assistants, instructional facilitators, and summer school and extended day teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the average salary of each instructional assistant position.
            (F) Core school counselor investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE school counselor for each 450 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 ASE high school students.
            (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit
        
shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students across all grade levels it serves.
            (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for each 200 ASE high school students.
            (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE librarian for each prototypical elementary school, middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or media technician for every 300 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students.
            (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE principal position for each prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE principal position for each prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal position for each prototypical high school.
            (K) Assistant principal investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical middle school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for each prototypical high school.
            (L) School site staff investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students.
            (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit
        
shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 ASE.
            (N) Professional development investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students for trainers and other professional development-related expenses for supplies and materials.
            (O) Instructional material investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover instructional material costs.
            (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational
        
Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover assessment costs.
            (Q) Computer technology and equipment
        
investments. Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover computer technology and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall receive an additional $285.50 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover computer technology and equipment costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. The State Board may establish additional requirements for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a requirement that funds received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the technology needs of the district. It is the intent of Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the following year, subject to compliance with the requirements of the State Board.
            (R) Student activities investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive the following funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, plus $675 per ASE student in high school.
            (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students for day-to-day maintenance and operations expenditures, including salary, supplies, and materials, as well as purchased services, but excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92.
            (T) Central office investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover central office operations, including administrators and classified personnel charged with managing the instructional programs, business and operations of the school district, and security personnel. The proportion of salary for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48.
            (U) Employee benefit investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, excluding substitute teachers and student activities investments, to cover benefit costs. For central office and maintenance and operations investments, the benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary proportion of each investment. If at any time the responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the Organizational Unit for the preceding school year shall be added to the benefit investment. For any fiscal year in which a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for retiree health insurance as certified by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago to be paid by the school district for the preceding school year that is statutorily required to cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois and the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall submit such information as the State Superintendent may require for the calculations set forth in this subparagraph (U).
            (V) Additional investments in low-income
        
students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
            
position for every 125 Low-Income Count students;
                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
            
every 125 Low-Income Count students;
                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
            
for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and
                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
            
for every 120 Low-Income Count students.
            (W) Additional investments in English learner
        
students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of:
                (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor)
            
position for every 125 English learner students;
                (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for
            
every 125 English learner students;
                (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position
            
for every 120 English learner students;
                (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position
            
for every 120 English learner students; and
                (v) one FTE core teacher position for every
            
100 English learner students.
            (X) Special education investments. Each
        
Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover special education as follows:
                (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141
            
combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students;
                (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for
            
every 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students; and
                (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every
            
1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 students.
        (3) For calculating the salaries included within the
    
Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar using the employment information system data maintained by the State Board, limited to public schools only and excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and charter schools, for the following positions:
            (A) Teacher for grades K through 8.
            (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12.
            (C) Teacher for grades K through 12.
            (D) School counselor for grades K through 8.
            (E) School counselor for grades 9 through 12.
            (F) School counselor for grades K through 12.
            (G) Social worker.
            (H) Psychologist.
            (I) Librarian.
            (J) Nurse.
            (K) Principal.
            (L) Assistant principal.
        For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher"
    
includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, instructional facilitators, tutors, special education teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for the Essential Elements, the average salary for corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through 12 shall apply.
        For calculating the salaries included within the
    
Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding:
            (i) school site staff, $30,000; and
            (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional
        
assistant, library aide, library media tech, or supervisory aide: $25,000.
        In the second and subsequent years of implementation
    
of Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI.
        The salary amounts for the Essential Elements
    
determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a Regionalization Factor.
    (c) Local Capacity calculation.
        (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
    
represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local Capacity Target.
        (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an
    
Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity Ratio.
            (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity
        
Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each Organizational Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (2).
            (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio
        
in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further adjusted as follows:
                (i) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no further adjustments shall be made;
                (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be multiplied by 9/13;
                (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades
            
9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be multiplied by 4/13; and
                (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a
            
different grade configuration than those specified in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a comparable adjustment based on the grades served.
            (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the
        
percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each Organizational Unit's relative position to all other Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall be calculated using the standard normal distribution of the score in relation to the weighted mean and weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from the public university that are allocated to the Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center, the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from school districts that are allocated to the regional office of education or intermediate service center. The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard deviation shall be determined by taking the square root of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated by squaring the difference between each unit's Local Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit to create a weighted variance for each unit, then summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by the total ASE of all units.
            (D) For any Organizational Unit, the
        
Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of education's remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal cost portion of the required contribution and amount allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of the City of Chicago.
        (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are
    
more than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by the Local Capacity Percentage.
        As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of
    
Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target.
    (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for purposes of the Local Capacity calculation.
        (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the
    
product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational Unit.
        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
    
equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), which Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes of calculating Local Capacity.
        (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the
    
Department of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax extension limitations as imposed under PTELL.
            (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the
        
equalized assessed value of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit situated entirely or partially within a county that is or was subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by which the homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds the total amount that would have been allowed in that Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code shall annually calculate and certify to the Department of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if the general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions.
            (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational
        
Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to which a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of real property located in any such project area that is attributable to an increase above the total initial EAV of such property shall be used as part of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be used until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
            (B-5) The real property equalized assessed
        
valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by subtracting from the real property value, as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the district an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same percentage rates for district type as specified in this subparagraph (B-5).
            (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid
        
Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial elementary unit district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined in Article 11E of this Code.
            (D) If a school district's boundaries span
        
multiple counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the State Board, for the purposes of calculating Evidence-Based Funding, the limiting rate and individual rates by purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school district's equalized assessed valuation.
        (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be
    
the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years or the lesser of its EAV in the immediately preceding year or the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years if the EAV in the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years. In the event of Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the second year, and the lesser of a 3-year average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the third year. For any school district whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if that year represents a decline of 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent years.
        "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State
    
Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized assessed valuation of disconnected property.
        As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and
    
"recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
    (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation.
        (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding
    
Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and specified appropriation amounts described in this paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for children requiring special education services); Section 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding sentence and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the school district's actual expenditures for its non-public special education, special education transportation, transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' alternative education, services that would otherwise be performed by a regional office of education, special education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as most recently calculated and reported pursuant to subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For programs operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must be the total amount of State funds allocated to those programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and administered by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center must have an initial Base Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar existing program type. If the enrollment for a program operated by a regional office of education or an intermediate service center is zero, then it may not receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to Organizational Units under subsection (g).
        (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years,
    
the Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) any amount received by a school district pursuant to Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21.
        For the 2022-2023 school year, the Base Funding
    
Minimum of Organizational Units shall be the amounts recalculated by the State Board of Education for Fiscal Year 2019 through Fiscal Year 2022 that were necessary due to average student enrollment errors for districts organized under Article 34 of this Code, plus the Fiscal Year 2022 property tax relief grants provided under Section 2-3.170 of this Code, ensuring each Organizational Unit has the correct amount of resources for Fiscal Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding calculations and that Fiscal Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding Distributions are made in accordance with this Section.
        (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as
    
provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding Minimum is calculated by the State Board:
            (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under
        
an Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to the control of the State Board pursuant to a court order for a minimum of 4 school years.
            (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a
        
Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of this Section.
            (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates
        
sustainability through a 5-year financial and strategic plan.
            (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient
        
progress and achieved sufficient stability in the areas of governance, academic growth, and finances.
        As part of its determination under this paragraph
    
(3), the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's summative designation, any accreditations of the Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's financial profile, as calculated by the State Board.
        If the State Board determines that an Organizational
    
Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board makes it determination, on the amount of District Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the addition of District Intervention Money is deemed approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of District Intervention Money to be added to the Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding Minimum annually thereafter.
        For the first 4 years following the initial year that
    
the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has received funding under this Section, the Organizational Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each year and the approved budget financial data for the current year. The plan shall be developed according to the guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the State Board. The plan shall further include financial projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a discussion and financial summary of the Organizational Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, or other financial information as required by law, the State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State Board may extend the duration of the Panel.
    (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation.
        (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a
    
Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f).
        (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources
    
are equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%.
        (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an
    
Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools shall not include any portion of general State aid allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition charge times the charter school enrollment.
        (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of
    
Adequacy is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy.
    (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system.
        (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based
    
Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
        (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for
    
all Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting districts' funding below Tier 3 levels.
        (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4
    
tiers as follows:
            (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units,
        
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection (g).
            (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all
        
other Organizational Units, except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than 0.90.
            (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units,
        
except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0.
            (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units
        
with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0.
        (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are
    
determined as follows:
            (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%.
            (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 Organizational Units, unless the result of such equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation Rate is 1.0.
            (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 Organizational Units.
            (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of
        
the following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 Organizational Units.
        (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows:
            (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level
        
that allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate.
            (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90.
            (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0.
        (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is
    
greater than 90%, then all Tier 1 funding shall be allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's funding may be identified.
        (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units
    
receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units.
        (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood
    
Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for direct funding following the implementation of Public Act 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within the definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of the Organizational Units.
        (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special
    
education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The school district and the cooperative must include the amount of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify the State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement upon withdrawal.
        (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to
    
establish a target for State funding that will keep pace with inflation and continue to advance equity through the Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following manner:
            (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as Tier 4 funding is exhausted.
            (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is exhausted.
            (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an
        
amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 4 and Tier 3.
            (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by
        
an amount equal to the difference between the Minimum Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level.
        (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State
    
fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of $50,000,000.
        (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the
    
appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding received in accordance with this Section in the prior fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the relative formula when increases in appropriations for this Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum established in the first year of implementation of this Section. If additional reductions are required, all school districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units.
        (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor
    
adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to the nearest whole dollar.
    (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and district submission requirements.
        (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance
    
with appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the funding obligations created under this Section.
        (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the
    
Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit under this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed within an Organizational Unit without the approval of the unit's school board.
        (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds allocated for its students with disabilities. The State Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the unit's Adequacy Target.
        (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit must expend on special education and bilingual education and computer technology and equipment for Organizational Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an additional $285.50 per student computer technology and equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and computer technology and equipment investment allocation.
        (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be
    
calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit.
        (6) Any school district that fails, for any given
    
school year, to maintain school as required by law or to maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of the district shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of the school district. "Recognized school" means any public school that meets the standards for recognition by the State Board. A school district or attendance center not having recognition status at the end of a school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim that was filed while it was recognized.
        (7) School district claims filed under this Section
    
are subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as otherwise provided in this Section.
        (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall
    
calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall be deemed attributable to the provision of special educational facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance with maintenance of State financial support requirements under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for the provision of special educational facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and must comply with any expenditure verification procedures adopted by the State Board.
        (9) All Organizational Units in this State must
    
submit annual spending plans, as part of the budget submission process, no later than October 31 of each year to the State Board. The spending plan shall describe how each Organizational Unit will utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding it receives from this State under this Section with specific identification of the intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and special education resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, from time to time, identify additional requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual spending plans required under this subsection (h). The format and scope of annual spending plans shall be developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board of Education. School districts that serve students under Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code.
        (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State
    
Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations for:
            (A) a framework for collaborative, professional,
        
innovative, and 21st century learning environments using the Evidence-Based Funding model;
            (B) ways to prepare and support this State's
        
educators for successful instructional careers;
            (C) application and enhancement of the current
        
financial accountability measures, the approved State plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures in relation to student growth and elements of the Evidence-Based Funding model; and
            (D) implementation of an effective school
        
adequacy funding system based on projected and recommended funding levels from the General Assembly.
        (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
    
must recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the study of average expenses and as reported in the most recent annual financial report:
            (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
        
(2) of subsection (b).
            (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
        
(O) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
        
(S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
            (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
        
paragraph (2) of subsection (b).
    (i) Professional Review Panel.
        (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study
    
and review topics related to the implementation and effect of Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or his or her designee must serve as a voting member and chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a three-fifths majority vote of Panel members present and voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the following members:
            (A) Two appointees that represent district
        
superintendents, recommended by a statewide organization that represents district superintendents.
            (B) Two appointees that represent school boards,
        
recommended by a statewide organization that represents school boards.
            (C) Two appointees from districts that represent
        
school business officials, recommended by a statewide organization that represents school business officials.
            (D) Two appointees that represent school
        
principals, recommended by a statewide organization that represents school principals.
            (E) Two appointees that represent teachers,
        
recommended by a statewide organization that represents teachers.
            (F) Two appointees that represent teachers,
        
recommended by another statewide organization that represents teachers.
            (G) Two appointees that represent regional
        
superintendents of schools, recommended by organizations that represent regional superintendents.
            (H) Two independent experts selected solely by
        
the State Superintendent.
            (I) Two independent experts recommended by public
        
universities in this State.
            (J) One member recommended by a statewide
        
organization that represents parents.
            (K) Two representatives recommended by collective
        
impact organizations that represent major metropolitan areas or geographic areas in Illinois.
            (L) One member from a statewide organization
        
focused on research-based education policy to support a school system that prepares all students for college, a career, and democratic citizenship.
            (M) One representative from a school district
        
organized under Article 34 of this Code.
        The State Superintendent shall ensure that the
    
membership of the Panel includes representatives from school districts and communities reflecting the geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally ensure that the membership of the Panel includes representatives with expertise in bilingual education and special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff the Panel.
        (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by
    
the State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the President of the Senate, one member of the House of Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor shall be non-voting, ex officio members.
        (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of
    
the General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following topics at the direction of the chairperson:
            (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans
        
referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this Section.
            (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section.
            (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital
        
maintenance and construction costs.
            (D) "At-risk student" definition.
            (E) Benefits.
            (F) Technology.
            (G) Local Capacity Target.
            (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory
        
Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning opportunities programs.
            (I) Funding for college and career acceleration
        
strategies.
            (J) Special education investments.
            (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration
        
with the Illinois Early Learning Council.
        (4) (Blank).
        (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this
    
Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of the study.
        (6) (Blank).
        (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target
    
calculation under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of students living in poverty or attending schools located in areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula distribution system established under this Section are sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the following in its review:
            (A) The financial ability of school districts to
        
provide instruction in a foreign language to every student and whether an additional Essential Element should be added to the formula to ensure that every student has access to instruction in a foreign language.
            (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential
        
Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel shall consider whether the ratio accurately reflects the staffing needed to support students living in poverty or who have traumatic backgrounds.
            (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be
        
required to better promote racial equity and eliminate structural racism within schools.
            (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in
        
additional funds each year under this Section and an estimate of when the school system will become fully funded under this level of appropriation.
            (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding
        
structures that would enable the State to become fully funded at an earlier date.
            (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to
        
find cost savings within the school system to expedite the journey to a fully funded system.
            (G) The appropriate levels for reenrolling and
        
graduating high-risk high school students who have been previously out of school. These outcomes shall include enrollment, attendance, skill gains, credit gains, graduation or promotion to the next grade level, and the transition to college, training, or employment, with an emphasis on progressively increasing the overall attendance.
            (H) The evidence-based or research-based
        
practices that are shown to reduce the gaps and disparities experienced by African American students in academic achievement and educational performance, including practices that have been shown to reduce disparities in disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation rates, college matriculation rates, and college completion rates.
        On or before December 31, 2021, the Panel shall
    
report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor on the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is inoperative on and after July 1, 2022.
    (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be references to evidence-based model formula funds or calculations under this Section.
(Source: P.A. 102-33, eff. 6-25-21; 102-197, eff. 7-30-21; 102-558, eff. 8-20-21; 102-699, eff. 4-19-22; 102-782, eff. 1-1-23; 102-813, eff. 5-13-22; 102-894, eff. 5-20-22; 103-175, eff. 6-30-23.)

105 ILCS 5/18-9

    (105 ILCS 5/18-9) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-9)
    Sec. 18-9. Requirement for special equalization and supplementary State aid. If property comprising an aggregate assessed valuation equal to 6% or more of the total assessed valuation of all taxable property in a school district is owned by a person or corporation that is the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or that has been adjudged bankrupt and, as a result thereof, has not paid taxes on the property, then the district may amend its general State aid or evidence-based funding claim (i) back to the inception of the bankruptcy, not to exceed 6 years, in which time those taxes were not paid and (ii) for each succeeding year that those taxes remain unpaid, by adding to the claim an amount determined by multiplying the assessed valuation of the property on which taxes have not been paid due to the bankruptcy by the lesser of the total tax rate for the district for the tax year for which the taxes are unpaid or the applicable rate used in calculating the district's general State aid under paragraph (3) of subsection (D) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code or evidence-based funding under Section 18-8.15 of this Code, as applicable. If at any time a district that receives additional State aid under this Section receives tax revenue from the property for the years that taxes were not paid, the district's next claim for State aid shall be reduced in an amount equal to the taxes paid on the property, not to exceed the additional State aid received under this Section. Claims under this Section shall be filed on forms prescribed by the State Superintendent of Education, and the State Superintendent of Education, upon receipt of a claim, shall adjust the claim in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Supplementary State aid for each succeeding year under this Section shall be paid beginning with the first general State aid or evidence-based funding claim paid after the district has filed a completed claim in accordance with this Section.
(Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)

105 ILCS 5/18-10

    (105 ILCS 5/18-10)
    Sec. 18-10. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 83-1362. Repealed by P.A. 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07.)

105 ILCS 5/18-11

    (105 ILCS 5/18-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-11)
    Sec. 18-11. Payment of claims.
    (a) With respect to payments for each fiscal year before fiscal year 2009, except payments for the period of June 1982 through July 1983 and payments for fiscal year 1994, as soon as may be after the 10th and 20th days of each of the months of August through the following July, if moneys are available in the common school fund in the State treasury for payments under Sections 18-8.05 through 18-9, the State Comptroller shall draw his warrants upon the State Treasurer as directed by the State Board of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.17b and in accordance with the transfers from the General Revenue Fund to the Common School Fund as specified in Section 8a of the State Finance Act.
    Each such semimonthly warrant shall be in an amount equal to 1/24 of the total amount to be distributed to school districts for the fiscal year. The amount of payments made in July of each year shall be considered as payments for claims covering the school year that commenced during the immediately preceding calendar year. If the payments provided for under Sections 18-8.05 through 18-9 have been assigned as security for State aid anticipation certificates pursuant to Section 18-18, the State Board of Education shall pay the appropriate amount of the payment, as specified in the notification required by Section 18-18, directly to the assignee.
    (a-5) With respect to payments made under Sections 18-8.05 through 18-10 of this Code for fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal year thereafter, as soon as may be after the 10th and 20th days of each of the months of August through the following June, if moneys are available in the Common School Fund in the State treasury for payments under Sections 18-8.05 through 18-10 of this Code, the State Comptroller shall draw his or her warrants upon the State Treasurer as directed by the State Board of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.17b of this Code and in accordance with the transfers from the General Revenue Fund to the Common School Fund as specified in Section 8a of the State Finance Act.
    Each such semimonthly warrant shall be in an amount equal to 1/22 of the total amount to be distributed to school districts for the fiscal year. If the payments provided for under Sections 18-8.05 through 18-10 of this Code have been assigned as security for State aid anticipation certificates pursuant to Section 18-18 of this Code, then the State Board of Education shall pay the appropriate amount of the payment, as specified in the notification required by Section 18-18 of this Code, directly to the assignee.
    (b) (Blank).
    (c) (Blank).
(Source: P.A. 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07; 95-496, eff. 8-28-07; 95-835, eff. 8-15-08.)

105 ILCS 5/18-12

    (105 ILCS 5/18-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-12)
    Sec. 18-12. Dates for filing State aid claims. The school board of each school district, a regional office of education, a laboratory school, or a State-authorized charter school shall require teachers, principals, or superintendents to furnish from records kept by them such data as it needs in preparing and certifying to the State Superintendent of Education its report of claims provided in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 of this Code. The claim shall be based on the latest available equalized assessed valuation and tax rates, as provided in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, shall use the average daily attendance as determined by the method outlined in Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15, and shall be certified and filed with the State Superintendent of Education by June 21 for districts and State-authorized charter schools with an official school calendar end date before June 15 or within 2 weeks following the official school calendar end date for districts, regional offices of education, laboratory schools, or State-authorized charter schools with a school year end date of June 15 or later. Failure to so file by these deadlines constitutes a forfeiture of the right to receive payment by the State until such claim is filed. The State Superintendent of Education shall voucher for payment those claims to the State Comptroller as provided in Section 18-11.
    Except as otherwise provided in this Section, if any school district fails to provide the minimum school term specified in Section 10-19, the State aid claim for that year shall be reduced by the State Superintendent of Education in an amount equivalent to 1/176 or .56818% for each day less than the number of days required by this Code.
    If the State Superintendent of Education determines that the failure to provide the minimum school term was occasioned by an act or acts of God, or was occasioned by conditions beyond the control of the school district which posed a hazardous threat to the health and safety of pupils, the State aid claim need not be reduced.
    If a school district is precluded from providing the minimum hours of instruction required for a full day of attendance due to (A) an adverse weather condition, (B) a condition beyond the control of the school district that poses a hazardous threat to the health and safety of students, or (C) beginning with the 2016-2017 school year, the utilization of the school district's facilities for not more than 2 school days per school year by local or county authorities for the purpose of holding a memorial or funeral services in remembrance of a community member, then the partial day of attendance may be counted if (i) the school district has provided at least one hour of instruction prior to the closure of the school district, (ii) a school building has provided at least one hour of instruction prior to the closure of the school building, or (iii) the normal start time of the school district is delayed.
    If, prior to providing any instruction, a school district must close one or more but not all school buildings after consultation with a local emergency response agency or due to a condition beyond the control of the school district, then the school district may claim attendance for up to 2 school days based on the average attendance of the 3 school days immediately preceding the closure of the affected school building or, if approved by the State Board of Education, utilize the provisions of an e-learning program for the affected school building as prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of this Code. The partial or no day of attendance described in this Section and the reasons therefore shall be certified within a month of the closing or delayed start by the school district superintendent to the regional superintendent of schools for forwarding to the State Superintendent of Education for approval.
    Other than the utilization of any e-learning days as prescribed in Section 10-20.56 of this Code, no exception to the requirement of providing a minimum school term may be approved by the State Superintendent of Education pursuant to this Section unless a school district has first used all emergency days provided for in its regular calendar.
    If the State Superintendent of Education declares that an energy shortage exists during any part of the school year for the State or a designated portion of the State, a district may operate the school attendance centers within the district 4 days of the week during the time of the shortage by extending each existing school day by one clock hour of school work, and the State aid claim shall not be reduced, nor shall the employees of that district suffer any reduction in salary or benefits as a result thereof. A district may operate all attendance centers on this revised schedule, or may apply the schedule to selected attendance centers, taking into consideration such factors as pupil transportation schedules and patterns and sources of energy for individual attendance centers.
    Electronically submitted State aid claims shall be submitted by duly authorized district individuals over a secure network that is password protected. The electronic submission of a State aid claim must be accompanied with an affirmation that all of the provisions of Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 and Sections 10-22.5 and 24-4 of this Code are met in all respects.
(Source: P.A. 99-194, eff. 7-30-15; 99-657, eff. 7-28-16; 100-28, eff. 8-4-17; 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)

105 ILCS 5/18-12.5

    (105 ILCS 5/18-12.5)
    Sec. 18-12.5. State aid claims during health emergencies. After consultation with a local health department, if a school district closes one or more recognized school buildings, but not all buildings, during a public health emergency, as determined by the State Board of Education in consultation with the Illinois Department of Public Health, the district may claim a full day of attendance for those days based on the average of the 3 school days of attendance immediately preceding the closure of the school building. Attendance for those days may be claimed only if the school building was scheduled to be in operation on those days. The partial or no day of attendance and the reasons thereof shall be certified, as prescribed by the State Board of Education, within a month after the closing by the school district superintendent to the regional superintendent of schools for forwarding to the State Superintendent of Education for approval.
    This Section is applicable beginning April 1, 2009 and only if a school district closes a building or buildings, but not the entire district, which must be done in accordance with Section 18-12 of this Code.
(Source: P.A. 96-689, eff. 8-25-09.)

105 ILCS 5/18-13

    (105 ILCS 5/18-13) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-13)
    Sec. 18-13. Notice to school officers of amount in treasurer's hands.
    On or before September 30 of each year the county collectors, county superintendents of schools, township collectors, and all other persons paying money into the hands of school treasurers for school purposes, shall notify in writing the presidents of school trustees and clerks or secretaries of school boards of the amount paid into the treasurer's hands and the date of payment.
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)

105 ILCS 5/18-14

    (105 ILCS 5/18-14) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-14)
    Sec. 18-14. Apportionment of county fund. The regional superintendent of schools shall apportion and distribute under rules prescribed by the State Board of Education, the principal of the county fund to the townships and parts of townships in his region in the manner prescribed for distribution of the State school fund among the counties by Sections 18-8 to 18-9. The principal of the county fund so distributed shall be added to the principal of the township fund of the townships and parts of townships in his region. The interest, rents, issues and profits arising and accruing from the principal of the county fund shall be distributed to the townships and parts of townships in his region as required by the provisions of this Act.
(Source: P.A. 81-1508.)

105 ILCS 5/18-15

    (105 ILCS 5/18-15) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-15)
    Sec. 18-15. Township loanable fund-Distribution of income.
    All bonds, notes, mortgages, moneys and effects which have accrued or may accrue from the sale of Section 16 of the common school lands of any township, or from the sale of any real estate or other property taken on any judgment or for any debt due to the principal of any township fund, and all other funds which have been or may be carried to and made part of the principal of any township fund, shall constitute the principal of the township fund; and no part thereof shall be distributed or expended for any purpose, except upon liquidation of the fund but shall be loaned and held to use, rent or profit, as provided by law. The interest, rents, issues and profits arising and accruing from the principal of any township fund shall be used in the manner and at the times provided by this Act.
(Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)

105 ILCS 5/18-17

    (105 ILCS 5/18-17)
    Sec. 18-17. (Repealed).
(Source: P.A. 96-1403, eff. 7-29-10. Repealed by P.A. 97-570, eff. 8-25-11.)

105 ILCS 5/18-18

    (105 ILCS 5/18-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-18)
    Sec. 18-18. The board of education of any school district may borrow money by contracting or entering into loan agreements and may evidence such borrowings by the issuance of State aid anticipation certificates. Such certificates may be issued without submission to the electors of the school district or city for approval of the question of the issuance of such certificates. Such certificates shall bear interest or discount to maturity at a rate not to exceed the rate permissible for such board's full faith and credit general obligation notes and shall mature in such a manner so that no such certificates shall be outstanding for more than 13 months. State aid anticipation certificates shall be payable solely from payments to be made at any time, whether made before or after August 1, of any year, pursuant to this Article 18 and may be secured by assignment of such payments with the assignee receiving such payments directly from the State Superintendent of Education. Prior to the issuance of any such certificates the State Superintendent of Education shall certify the appropriated amount of State aid to be paid the district in the current fiscal year. The amount of certificates to be issued shall not exceed 75% of the amounts of State aid certified by the State Superintendent of Education after subtracting the amount of funds available for transfer from the district's working cash fund in anticipation of State aid to be paid such district pursuant to this Article 18. The amount of State aid anticipation certificates shall not be counted as indebtedness of the district for purposes of any debt limits nor are such certificates full faith and credit general obligation notes or tax anticipation warrants; provided, however, that the total amount of State aid anticipation certificates, general obligation notes and tax anticipation warrants outstanding for any fiscal year may not exceed 85% of the taxes levied by the district for that year.
    Any school district may borrow up to 100% of the amount of State aid to be received in July, as certified by the State Superintendent of Education. Such anticipation certificates shall be repaid not later than August 1 from State aid payments received in July.
    Whenever the board of a district desires to issue such State aid anticipation certificates as herein authorized, it shall adopt a resolution designating the purposes for which the proceeds of the certificates are to be expended and fixing the amount of the certificates proposed to be issued, the maturity thereof, and optional provisions, if any, and the rate of interest or discount to maturity thereon. Such resolution may provide for the appointment of a trustee, which may be any trust company or bank having the power of a trust company within the State, and for the establishment of such funds or accounts to be maintained by such trustee as the school district shall deem necessary to provide for the security and payment of the certificates. If such resolution provides for the appointment of a trustee, such trustee shall be considered the assignee of any payments assigned by the school district pursuant to such resolution and this Section. Any amounts paid by the State Superintendent of Education to such trustee as assignee pursuant to Section 18-11 shall be deposited in the funds or accounts established pursuant to such resolution, and shall be held by such trustee in trust for the benefit of the holders of the certificates, and such holders shall have a lien on and a security interest in such funds or accounts so long as the certificates remain outstanding and unpaid. Except as provided otherwise in this Section, such amounts shall be used solely for the payment of certificates at maturity and shall not be used for any other purpose so long as the certificates remain outstanding and unpaid. Pending such application such amounts shall be invested by such trustee in investments of the kind specified in the Public Funds Investment Act. Upon payment in full of the certificates, any amounts held by such trustee, including earnings on investments not used for payment of the certificates, shall be paid to such district.
    Said certificates shall be issued in the corporate name of the school district. They shall be signed by the president and secretary of said board. They shall be sold by the board upon such terms as may be approved by the board, and the proceeds thereof shall be received by the treasurer and expended by the board for the purposes provided in the resolution authorizing any such certificates.
    Upon the issuance of said certificates, the board shall give written notification to the appropriate regional superintendent and the State Superintendent of Education of the issuance of the certificates and the terms thereof, including, but not limited to, any assignment of State aid payments made pursuant to this Section, the name and address of each assignee, the amounts and dates of the payments to be made by the State Superintendent of Education directly to each assignee under Section 18-11, the amount of the certificates held by each assignee and the maturity date of the certificates.
(Source: P.A. 87-839; 87-1215; 88-641, eff. 9-9-94.)

105 ILCS 5/18-19

    (105 ILCS 5/18-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-19)
    Sec. 18-19. The State Board of Education may make distributions of monies from the Education Assistance Fund, pursuant to appropriation, in addition to such sums as may have been otherwise appropriated for the same purpose, for any of the purposes set forth in this Article, subject to the same terms and conditions that apply to distributions under the several sections of this Article, respectively.
(Source: P.A. 86-18.)

105 ILCS 5/18-20

    (105 ILCS 5/18-20) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-20)
    Sec. 18-20. Borrowing authority. When an educational program is operated by a regional superintendent or an entity such as an educational service center, special education cooperative, joint agreement, or intergovernmental agreement, and the program receives State categorical or grant payments from the State Comptroller and a financial hardship exists, then the entity may borrow an amount up to 50% of the State payments that are due and payable, as certified by the State Superintendent, provided the terms of the loan shall not include interest in excess of that provided for by the Bond Authorization Act and further provided that the principal and interest of a loan shall be repaid from the categorical or grant payments immediately upon receipt of those payments.
(Source: P.A. 86-1487; 87-1168.)

105 ILCS 5/Art. 19

 
    (105 ILCS 5/Art. 19 heading)
ARTICLE 19. DEBT LIMITATION - BONDS -
TERRITORY LIABLE - REFUNDING BONDS

105 ILCS 5/prec. Sec. 19-1

 
    (105 ILCS 5/prec. Sec. 19-1 heading)
DEBT LIMITATION

105 ILCS 5/19-1

    (105 ILCS 5/19-1)
    Sec. 19-1. Debt limitations of school districts.
    (a) School districts shall not be subject to the provisions limiting their indebtedness prescribed in the Local Government Debt Limitation Act.
    No school districts maintaining grades K through 8 or 9 through 12 shall become indebted in any manner or for any purpose to an amount, including existing indebtedness, in the aggregate exceeding 6.9% on the value of the taxable property therein to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum that is produced by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized assessed valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on January 1, 1979, previous to the incurring of such indebtedness.
    No school districts maintaining grades K through 12 shall become indebted in any manner or for any purpose to an amount, including existing indebtedness, in the aggregate exceeding 13.8% on the value of the taxable property therein to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum that is produced by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized assessed valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on January 1, 1979, previous to the incurring of such indebtedness.
    No partial elementary unit district, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, shall become indebted in any manner or for any purpose in an amount, including existing indebtedness, in the aggregate exceeding 6.9% of the value of the taxable property of the entire district, to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes, plus an amount, including existing indebtedness, in the aggregate exceeding 6.9% of the value of the taxable property of that portion of the district included in the elementary and high school classification, to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes. Moreover, no partial elementary unit district, as defined in Article 11E of this Code, shall become indebted on account of bonds issued by the district for high school purposes in the aggregate exceeding 6.9% of the value of the taxable property of the entire district, to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes, nor shall the district become indebted on account of bonds issued by the district for elementary purposes in the aggregate exceeding 6.9% of the value of the taxable property for that portion of the district included in the elementary and high school classification, to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes.
    Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law to the contrary, in any case in which the voters of a school district have approved a proposition for the issuance of bonds of such school district at an election held prior to January 1, 1979, and all of the bonds approved at such election have not been issued, the debt limitation applicable to such school district during the calendar year 1979 shall be computed by multiplying the value of taxable property therein, including personal property, as ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes, previous to the incurring of such indebtedness, by the percentage limitation applicable to such school district under the provisions of this subsection (a).
    (a-5) After January 1, 2018, no school district may issue bonds under Sections 19-2 through 19-7 of this Code and rely on an exception to the debt limitations in this Section unless it has complied with the requirements of Section 21 of the Bond Issue Notification Act and the bonds have been approved by referendum.
    (b) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section, additional indebtedness may be incurred in an amount not to exceed the estimated cost of acquiring or improving school sites or constructing and equipping additional building facilities under the following conditions:
        (1) Whenever the enrollment of students for the next
    
school year is estimated by the board of education to increase over the actual present enrollment by not less than 35% or by not less than 200 students or the actual present enrollment of students has increased over the previous school year by not less than 35% or by not less than 200 students and the board of education determines that additional school sites or building facilities are required as a result of such increase in enrollment; and
        (2) When the Regional Superintendent of Schools
    
having jurisdiction over the school district and the State Superintendent of Education concur in such enrollment projection or increase and approve the need for such additional school sites or building facilities and the estimated cost thereof; and
        (3) When the voters in the school district approve a
    
proposition for the issuance of bonds for the purpose of acquiring or improving such needed school sites or constructing and equipping such needed additional building facilities at an election called and held for that purpose. Notice of such an election shall state that the amount of indebtedness proposed to be incurred would exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable to the school district. The ballot for such proposition shall state what percentage of the equalized assessed valuation will be outstanding in bonds if the proposed issuance of bonds is approved by the voters; or
        (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1)
    
through (3) of this subsection (b), if the school board determines that additional facilities are needed to provide a quality educational program and not less than 2/3 of those voting in an election called by the school board on the question approve the issuance of bonds for the construction of such facilities, the school district may issue bonds for this purpose; or
        (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1)
    
through (3) of this subsection (b), if (i) the school district has previously availed itself of the provisions of paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) to enable it to issue bonds, (ii) the voters of the school district have not defeated a proposition for the issuance of bonds since the referendum described in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) was held, (iii) the school board determines that additional facilities are needed to provide a quality educational program, and (iv) a majority of those voting in an election called by the school board on the question approve the issuance of bonds for the construction of such facilities, the school district may issue bonds for this purpose.
    In no event shall the indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subsection (b) and the existing indebtedness of the school district exceed 15% of the value of the taxable property therein to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes, previous to the incurring of such indebtedness or, until January 1, 1983, if greater, the sum that is produced by multiplying the school district's 1978 equalized assessed valuation by the debt limitation percentage in effect on January 1, 1979.
    The indebtedness provided for by this subsection (b) shall be in addition to and in excess of any other debt limitation.
    (c) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section, in any case in which a public question for the issuance of bonds of a proposed school district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12 received at least 60% of the valid ballots cast on the question at an election held on or prior to November 8, 1994, and in which the bonds approved at such election have not been issued, the school district pursuant to the requirements of Section 11A-10 (now repealed) may issue the total amount of bonds approved at such election for the purpose stated in the question.
    (d) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section, a school district that meets all the criteria set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection (d) may incur an additional indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $4,500,000, even though the amount of the additional indebtedness authorized by this subsection (d), when incurred and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness of the district existing immediately prior to the district incurring the additional indebtedness authorized by this subsection (d), causes the aggregate indebtedness of the district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable to that district under subsection (a):
        (1) The additional indebtedness authorized by this
    
subsection (d) is incurred by the school district through the issuance of bonds under and in accordance with Section 17-2.11a for the purpose of replacing a school building which, because of mine subsidence damage, has been closed as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (d) or through the issuance of bonds under and in accordance with Section 19-3 for the purpose of increasing the size of, or providing for additional functions in, such replacement school buildings, or both such purposes.
        (2) The bonds issued by the school district as
    
provided in paragraph (1) above are issued for the purposes of construction by the school district of a new school building pursuant to Section 17-2.11, to replace an existing school building that, because of mine subsidence damage, is closed as of the end of the 1992-93 school year pursuant to action of the regional superintendent of schools of the educational service region in which the district is located under Section 3-14.22 or are issued for the purpose of increasing the size of, or providing for additional functions in, the new school building being constructed to replace a school building closed as the result of mine subsidence damage, or both such purposes.
    (e) (Blank).
    (f) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section or of any other law, bonds in not to exceed the aggregate amount of $5,500,000 and issued by a school district meeting the following criteria shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation and may be issued in an amount or amounts, including existing indebtedness, in excess of any heretofore or hereafter imposed statutory limitation as to indebtedness:
        (1) At the time of the sale of such bonds, the board
    
of education of the district shall have determined by resolution that the enrollment of students in the district is projected to increase by not less than 7% during each of the next succeeding 2 school years.
        (2) The board of education shall also determine by
    
resolution that the improvements to be financed with the proceeds of the bonds are needed because of the projected enrollment increases.
        (3) The board of education shall also determine by
    
resolution that the projected increases in enrollment are the result of improvements made or expected to be made to passenger rail facilities located in the school district.
    Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section or of any other law, a school district that has availed itself of the provisions of this subsection (f) prior to July 22, 2004 (the effective date of Public Act 93-799) may also issue bonds approved by referendum up to an amount, including existing indebtedness, not exceeding 25% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all of the conditions set forth in items (1), (2), and (3) of this subsection (f) are met.
    (g) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section or any other law, bonds in not to exceed an aggregate amount of 25% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property of a school district and issued by a school district meeting the criteria in paragraphs (i) through (iv) of this subsection shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation and may be issued pursuant to resolution of the school board in an amount or amounts, including existing indebtedness, in excess of any statutory limitation of indebtedness heretofore or hereafter imposed:
        (i) The bonds are issued for the purpose of
    
constructing a new high school building to replace two adjacent existing buildings which together house a single high school, each of which is more than 65 years old, and which together are located on more than 10 acres and less than 11 acres of property.
        (ii) At the time the resolution authorizing the
    
issuance of the bonds is adopted, the cost of constructing a new school building to replace the existing school building is less than 60% of the cost of repairing the existing school building.
        (iii) The sale of the bonds occurs before July 1,
    
1997.
        (iv) The school district issuing the bonds is a unit
    
school district located in a county of less than 70,000 and more than 50,000 inhabitants, which has an average daily attendance of less than 1,500 and an equalized assessed valuation of less than $29,000,000.
    (h) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a community unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to an amount, including existing indebtedness, not exceeding 27.6% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district, if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The school district has an equalized assessed
    
valuation for calendar year 1995 of less than $24,000,000;
        (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital
    
improvement, renovation, rehabilitation, or replacement of existing school buildings of the district, all of which buildings were originally constructed not less than 40 years ago;
        (iii) The voters of the district approve a
    
proposition for the issuance of the bonds at a referendum held after March 19, 1996; and
        (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of this Code.
    (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1998, a community unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to an amount, including existing indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district, if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The school district has an equalized assessed
    
valuation for calendar year 1995 of less than $44,600,000;
        (ii) The bonds are issued for the capital
    
improvement, renovation, rehabilitation, or replacement of existing school buildings of the district, all of which existing buildings were originally constructed not less than 80 years ago;
        (iii) The voters of the district approve a
    
proposition for the issuance of the bonds at a referendum held after December 31, 1996; and
        (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of this Code.
    (j) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1999, a community unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to an amount, including existing indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The school district has an equalized assessed
    
valuation for calendar year 1995 of less than $140,000,000 and a best 3 months average daily attendance for the 1995-96 school year of at least 2,800;
        (ii) The bonds are issued to purchase a site and
    
build and equip a new high school, and the school district's existing high school was originally constructed not less than 35 years prior to the sale of the bonds;
        (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the board
    
of education determines by resolution that a new high school is needed because of projected enrollment increases;
        (iv) At least 60% of those voting in an election held
    
after December 31, 1996 approve a proposition for the issuance of the bonds; and
        (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of this Code.
    (k) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section, a school district that meets all the criteria set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this subsection (k) may issue bonds to incur an additional indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000 even though the amount of the additional indebtedness authorized by this subsection (k), when incurred and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness of the school district existing immediately prior to the school district incurring such additional indebtedness, causes the aggregate indebtedness of the school district to exceed or increases the amount by which the aggregate indebtedness of the district already exceeds the debt limitation otherwise applicable to that school district under subsection (a):
        (1) the school district is located in 2 counties, and
    
a referendum to authorize the additional indebtedness was approved by a majority of the voters of the school district voting on the proposition to authorize that indebtedness;
        (2) the additional indebtedness is for the purpose of
    
financing a multi-purpose room addition to the existing high school;
        (3) the additional indebtedness, together with the
    
existing indebtedness of the school district, shall not exceed 17.4% of the value of the taxable property in the school district, to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes; and
        (4) the bonds evidencing the additional indebtedness
    
are issued, if at all, within 120 days of August 14, 1998 (the effective date of Public Act 90-757).
    (l) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, until January 1, 2000, a school district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8 may issue bonds up to an amount, including existing indebtedness, not exceeding 15% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) the district has an equalized assessed valuation
    
for calendar year 1996 of less than $10,000,000;
        (ii) the bonds are issued for capital improvement,
    
renovation, rehabilitation, or replacement of one or more school buildings of the district, which buildings were originally constructed not less than 70 years ago;
        (iii) the voters of the district approve a
    
proposition for the issuance of the bonds at a referendum held on or after March 17, 1998; and
        (iv) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of this Code.
    (m) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, until January 1, 1999, an elementary school district maintaining grades K through 8 may issue bonds up to an amount, excluding existing indebtedness, not exceeding 18% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district, if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The school district has an equalized assessed
    
valuation for calendar year 1995 or less than $7,700,000;
        (ii) The school district operates 2 elementary
    
attendance centers that until 1976 were operated as the attendance centers of 2 separate and distinct school districts;
        (iii) The bonds are issued for the construction of a
    
new elementary school building to replace an existing multi-level elementary school building of the school district that is not accessible at all levels and parts of which were constructed more than 75 years ago;
        (iv) The voters of the school district approve a
    
proposition for the issuance of the bonds at a referendum held after July 1, 1998; and
        (v) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of this Code.
    (n) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section or any other provisions of this Section or of any other law, a school district that meets all of the criteria set forth in paragraphs (i) through (vi) of this subsection (n) may incur additional indebtedness by the issuance of bonds in an amount not exceeding the amount certified by the Capital Development Board to the school district as provided in paragraph (iii) of this subsection (n), even though the amount of the additional indebtedness so authorized, when incurred and added to the aggregate amount of indebtedness of the district existing immediately prior to the district incurring the additional indebtedness authorized by this subsection (n), causes the aggregate indebtedness of the district to exceed the debt limitation otherwise applicable by law to that district:
        (i) The school district applies to the State Board of
    
Education for a school construction project grant and submits a district facilities plan in support of its application pursuant to Section 5-20 of the School Construction Law.
        (ii) The school district's application and facilities
    
plan are approved by, and the district receives a grant entitlement for a school construction project issued by, the State Board of Education under the School Construction Law.
        (iii) The school district has exhausted its bonding
    
capacity or the unused bonding capacity of the district is less than the amount certified by the Capital Development Board to the district under Section 5-15 of the School Construction Law as the dollar amount of the school construction project's cost that the district will be required to finance with non-grant funds in order to receive a school construction project grant under the School Construction Law.
        (iv) The bonds are issued for a "school construction
    
project", as that term is defined in Section 5-5 of the School Construction Law, in an amount that does not exceed the dollar amount certified, as provided in paragraph (iii) of this subsection (n), by the Capital Development Board to the school district under Section 5-15 of the School Construction Law.
        (v) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the issuance of the bonds at a referendum held after the criteria specified in paragraphs (i) and (iii) of this subsection (n) are met.
        (vi) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of the School Code.
    (o) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, until November 1, 2007, a community unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to an amount, including existing indebtedness, not exceeding 20% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) the school district has an equalized assessed
    
valuation for calendar year 2001 of at least $737,000,000 and an enrollment for the 2002-2003 school year of at least 8,500;
        (ii) the bonds are issued to purchase school sites,
    
build and equip a new high school, build and equip a new junior high school, build and equip 5 new elementary schools, and make technology and other improvements and additions to existing schools;
        (iii) at the time of the sale of the bonds, the board
    
of education determines by resolution that the sites and new or improved facilities are needed because of projected enrollment increases;
        (iv) at least 57% of those voting in a general
    
election held prior to January 1, 2003 approved a proposition for the issuance of the bonds; and
        (v) the bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of this Code.
    (p) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, a community unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 may issue bonds up to an amount, including indebtedness, not exceeding 27% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The school district has an equalized assessed
    
valuation for calendar year 2001 of at least $295,741,187 and a best 3 months' average daily attendance for the 2002-2003 school year of at least 2,394.
        (ii) The bonds are issued to build and equip 3
    
elementary school buildings; build and equip one middle school building; and alter, repair, improve, and equip all existing school buildings in the district.
        (iii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the
    
board of education determines by resolution that the project is needed because of expanding growth in the school district and a projected enrollment increase.
        (iv) The bonds are issued pursuant to Sections 19-2
    
through 19-7 of this Code.
    (p-5) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, bonds issued by a community unit school district maintaining grades K through 12 shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation and may be issued in an amount or amounts, including existing indebtedness, in excess of any heretofore or hereafter imposed statutory limitation as to indebtedness, if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) For each of the 4 most recent years, residential
    
property comprises more than 80% of the equalized assessed valuation of the district.
        (ii) At least 2 school buildings that were
    
constructed 40 or more years prior to the issuance of the bonds will be demolished and will be replaced by new buildings or additions to one or more existing buildings.
        (iii) Voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the issuance of the bonds at a regularly scheduled election.
        (iv) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the
    
school board determines by resolution that the new buildings or building additions are needed because of an increase in enrollment projected by the school board.
        (v) The principal amount of the bonds, including
    
existing indebtedness, does not exceed 25% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district.
        (vi) The bonds are issued prior to January 1, 2007,
    
pursuant to Sections 19-2 through 19-7 of this Code.
    (p-10) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section or the provisions of any other law, bonds issued by a community consolidated school district maintaining grades K through 8 shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation and may be issued in an amount or amounts, including existing indebtedness, in excess of any heretofore or hereafter imposed statutory limitation as to indebtedness, if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) For each of the 4 most recent years, residential
    
and farm property comprises more than 80% of the equalized assessed valuation of the district.
        (ii) The bond proceeds are to be used to acquire and
    
improve school sites and build and equip a school building.
        (iii) Voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the issuance of the bonds at a regularly scheduled election.
        (iv) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the
    
school board determines by resolution that the school sites and building additions are needed because of an increase in enrollment projected by the school board.
        (v) The principal amount of the bonds, including
    
existing indebtedness, does not exceed 20% of the equalized assessed value of the taxable property in the district.
        (vi) The bonds are issued prior to January 1, 2007,
    
pursuant to Sections 19-2 through 19-7 of this Code.
    (p-15) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, the Oswego Community Unit School District Number 308 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $450,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The voters of the district have approved a
    
proposition for the bond issue at the general election held on November 7, 2006.
        (ii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that: (A) the building and equipping of the new high school building, new junior high school buildings, new elementary school buildings, early childhood building, maintenance building, transportation facility, and additions to existing school buildings, the altering, repairing, equipping, and provision of technology improvements to existing school buildings, and the acquisition and improvement of school sites, as the case may be, are required as a result of a projected increase in the enrollment of students in the district; and (B) the sale of bonds for these purposes is authorized by legislation that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (iii) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issues, on or before November 7, 2011, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issues combined must not exceed $450,000,000.
        (iv) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article 19.
        (v) The proceeds of the bonds are used only to
    
accomplish those projects approved by the voters at the general election held on November 7, 2006.
The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-15) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-20) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, the Lincoln-Way Community High School District Number 210 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $225,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The voters of the district have approved a
    
proposition for the bond issue at the general primary election held on March 21, 2006.
        (ii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that: (A) the building and equipping of the new high school buildings, the altering, repairing, and equipping of existing school buildings, and the improvement of school sites, as the case may be, are required as a result of a projected increase in the enrollment of students in the district; and (B) the sale of bonds for these purposes is authorized by legislation that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (iii) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issues, on or before March 21, 2011, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issues combined must not exceed $225,000,000.
        (iv) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article 19.
        (v) The proceeds of the bonds are used only to
    
accomplish those projects approved by the voters at the primary election held on March 21, 2006.
The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-20) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-25) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Rochester Community Unit School District 3A may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $18,500,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at the general primary election held in 2008.
        (ii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that: (A) the building and equipping of a new high school building; the addition of classrooms and support facilities at the high school, middle school, and elementary school; the altering, repairing, and equipping of existing school buildings; and the improvement of school sites, as the case may be, are required as a result of a projected increase in the enrollment of students in the district; and (B) the sale of bonds for these purposes is authorized by a law that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (iii) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issues, on or before December 31, 2012, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issues combined must not exceed $18,500,000.
        (iv) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article 19.
        (v) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at the primary election held in 2008.
The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-25) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-30) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Prairie Grove Consolidated School District 46 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held in 2008.
        (ii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (A) the building and equipping of a new school building and additions to existing school buildings are required as a result of a projected increase in the enrollment of students in the district and (B) the altering, repairing, and equipping of existing school buildings are required because of the age of the existing school buildings.
        (iii) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issuances, on or before December 31, 2012; however, the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $30,000,000.
        (iv) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (v) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held in 2008.
The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-30) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-35) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Prairie Hill Community Consolidated School District 133 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $13,900,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (i) The voters of the district approved a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on April 17, 2007.
        (ii) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (A) the improvement of the site of and the building and equipping of a school building are required as a result of a projected increase in the enrollment of students in the district and (B) the repairing and equipping of the Prairie Hill Elementary School building is required because of the age of that school building.
        (iii) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issuances, on or before December 31, 2011, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $13,900,000.
        (iv) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (v) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on April 17, 2007.
The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-35) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-40) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Mascoutah Community Unit District 19 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $55,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at a regular election held on or after November 4, 2008.
        (2) At the time of the sale of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new high school building is required as a result of a projected increase in the enrollment of students in the district and the age and condition of the existing high school building, (ii) the existing high school building will be demolished, and (iii) the sale of bonds is authorized by statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issuances, on or before December 31, 2011, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $55,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at a regular election held on or after November 4, 2008.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-40) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-45) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section or of any other law, bonds issued pursuant to Section 19-3.5 of this Code shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation if the bonds are issued in an amount or amounts, including existing indebtedness of the school district, not in excess of 18.5% of the value of the taxable property in the district to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes.
    (p-50) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section or of any other law, bonds issued pursuant to Section 19-3.10 of this Code shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory limitation if the bonds are issued in an amount or amounts, including existing indebtedness of the school district, not in excess of 43% of the value of the taxable property in the district to be ascertained by the last assessment for State and county taxes.
    (p-55) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Belle Valley School District 119 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $47,500,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after April 7, 2009.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new school building is required as a result of mine subsidence in an existing school building and because of the age and condition of another existing school building and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issuances, on or before March 31, 2014, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $47,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after April 7, 2009.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-55) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-55) must mature within not to exceed 30 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law to the contrary.
    (p-60) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Wilmington Community Unit School District Number 209-U may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,285,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at the general primary election held on March 21, 2006.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the projects approved by the voters were and are required because of the age and condition of the school district's prior and existing school buildings and (ii) the issuance of the bonds is authorized by legislation that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued in one or more bond
    
issuances on or before March 1, 2011, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all those bond issuances combined must not exceed $2,285,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-60) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-65) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, West Washington County Community Unit School District 10 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $32,200,000 and maturing over a period not exceeding 25 years, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after February 2, 2010.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (A) all or a portion of the existing Okawville Junior/Senior High School Building will be demolished; (B) the building and equipping of a new school building to be attached to and the alteration, repair, and equipping of the remaining portion of the Okawville Junior/Senior High School Building is required because of the age and current condition of that school building; and (C) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issuances, on or before March 31, 2014, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $32,200,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after February 2, 2010.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-65) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-70) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Cahokia Community Unit School District 187 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after November 2, 2010.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new school building is required as a result of the age and condition of an existing school building and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
on or before July 1, 2016, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $50,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after November 2, 2010.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-70) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-70) must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-75) Notwithstanding the debt limitation prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section or any other provisions of this Section or of any other law, the execution of leases on or after January 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2011 by the Board of Education of Peoria School District 150 with a public building commission for leases entered into pursuant to the Public Building Commission Act shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    This subsection (p-75) applies only if the State Board of Education or the Capital Development Board makes one or more grants to Peoria School District 150 pursuant to the School Construction Law. The amount exempted from the debt limitation as prescribed in this subsection (p-75) shall be no greater than the amount of one or more grants awarded to Peoria School District 150 by the State Board of Education or the Capital Development Board.
    (p-80) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Ridgeland School District 122 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000 for the purpose of refunding or continuing to refund bonds originally issued pursuant to voter approval at the general election held on November 7, 2000, and the debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-80) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-80) may be issued in one or more issuances and must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-85) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Hall High School District 502 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $32,000,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after April 9, 2013.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new school building is required as a result of the age and condition of an existing school building, (ii) the existing school building should be demolished in its entirety or the existing school building should be demolished except for the 1914 west wing of the building, and (iii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $32,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after April 9, 2013.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-85) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-85) must mature within not to exceed 30 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-90) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Lebanon Community Unit School District 9 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7,500,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approved a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at the general primary election on February 2, 2010.
        (2) At or prior to the time of the sale of the bonds,
    
the school board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new elementary school building is required as a result of a projected increase in the enrollment of students in the district and the age and condition of the existing Lebanon Elementary School building, (ii) a portion of the existing Lebanon Elementary School building will be demolished and the remaining portion will be altered, repaired, and equipped, and (iii) the sale of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issuances, on or before April 1, 2014, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $7,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at the general primary election held on February 2, 2010.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-90) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-95) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Monticello Community Unit School District 25 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $35,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after November 4, 2014.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new school building is required as a result of the age and condition of an existing school building and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
on or before July 1, 2020, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $35,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after November 4, 2014.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-95) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-95) must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-100) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, the community unit school district created in the territory comprising Milford Community Consolidated School District 280 and Milford Township High School District 233, as approved at the general primary election held on March 18, 2014, may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $17,500,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after November 4, 2014.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new school building is required as a result of the age and condition of an existing school building and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
on or before July 1, 2020, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $17,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after November 4, 2014.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-100) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-100) must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-105) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, North Shore School District 112 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after March 15, 2016.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of new buildings and improving the sites thereof and the building and equipping of additions to, altering, repairing, equipping, and renovating existing buildings and improving the sites thereof are required as a result of the age and condition of the district's existing buildings and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $150,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after March 15, 2016.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-105) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-105) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 30 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-110) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Sandoval Community Unit School District 501 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approved a
    
proposition for the bond issuance at an election held on March 20, 2012.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new school building is required because of the age and current condition of the Sandoval Elementary School building and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more bond
    
issuances, on or before March 19, 2022, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $2,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to
    
accomplish only those projects approved by the voters at the election held on March 20, 2012.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-110) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund the bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-115) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Bureau Valley Community Unit School District 340 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after March 15, 2016.
        (2) Prior to the issuances of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the renovating and equipping of some existing school buildings, the building and equipping of new school buildings, and the demolishing of some existing school buildings are required as a result of the age and condition of existing school buildings and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
on or before July 1, 2021, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $25,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after March 15, 2016.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-115) shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-115) must mature within not to exceed 30 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-120) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Paxton-Buckley-Loda Community Unit School District 10 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $28,500,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after November 8, 2016.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the projects as described in said proposition, relating to the building and equipping of one or more school buildings or additions to existing school buildings, are required as a result of the age and condition of the District's existing buildings and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $28,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after November 8, 2016.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-120) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-120) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-125) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Hillsboro Community Unit School District 3 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $34,500,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after March 15, 2016.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) altering, repairing, and equipping the high school agricultural/vocational building, demolishing the high school main, cafeteria, and gym buildings, building and equipping a school building, and improving sites are required as a result of the age and condition of the district's existing buildings and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $34,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after March 15, 2016.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-125) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-125) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-130) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Waltham Community Consolidated School District 185 may incur indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $9,500,000 to build and equip a new school building and improve the site thereof, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) A majority of the voters of the district voting
    
on an advisory question voted in favor of the question regarding the use of funding sources to build a new school building without increasing property tax rates at the general election held on November 8, 2016.
        (2) Prior to incurring the debt, the school board
    
enters into intergovernmental agreements with the City of LaSalle to pledge moneys in a special tax allocation fund associated with tax increment financing districts LaSalle I and LaSalle III and with the Village of Utica to pledge moneys in a special tax allocation fund associated with tax increment financing district Utica I for the purposes of repaying the debt issued pursuant to this subsection (p-130). Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the intergovernmental agreement may extend these tax increment financing districts as necessary to ensure repayment of the debt.
        (3) Prior to incurring the debt, the school board
    
determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of a new school building is required as a result of the age and condition of the district's existing buildings and (ii) the debt is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (4) The debt is incurred, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than January 1, 2021, and the aggregate principal amount of debt issued in all such issuances combined must not exceed $9,500,000.
    The debt incurred under this subsection (p-130) and on any bonds issued to pay, refund, or continue to refund such debt shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Debt issued under this subsection (p-130) and any bonds issued to pay, refund, or continue to refund such debt must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-11 of this Code and subsection (b) of Section 17 of the Local Government Debt Reform Act, to the contrary.
    (p-133) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section or of any other law, bonds heretofore or hereafter issued by East Prairie School District 73 with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $47,353,147 and approved by the voters of the district at the general election held on November 8, 2016, and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund the bonds, shall not be considered indebtedness for the purposes of any statutory debt limitation and may mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-135) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Brookfield LaGrange Park School District Number 95 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after April 4, 2017.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the additions and renovations to the Brook Park Elementary and S. E. Gross Middle School buildings are required to accommodate enrollment growth, replace outdated facilities, and create spaces consistent with 21st century learning and (ii) the issuance of the bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $20,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after April 4, 2017.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-135) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-140) The debt incurred on any bonds issued by Wolf Branch School District 113 under Section 17-2.11 of this Code for the purpose of repairing or replacing all or a portion of a school building that has been damaged by mine subsidence in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $17,500,000 and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund those bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation and must mature no later than 25 years from the date of issuance, notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, including Section 19-3 of this Code. The maximum allowable amount of debt exempt from statutory debt limitations under this subsection (p-140) shall be reduced by an amount equal to any grants awarded by the State Board of Education or Capital Development Board for the explicit purpose of repairing or reconstructing a school building damaged by mine subsidence.
    (p-145) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Greenview Community Unit School District 200 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3,500,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on March 17, 2020.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that the bonding is necessary for construction and expansion of the district's kindergarten through grade 12 facility.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $3,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on March 17, 2020.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-145) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-145) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-150) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Komarek School District 94 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20,800,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after March 17, 2020.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) building and equipping additions to, altering, repairing, equipping, or demolishing a portion of, or improving the site of the district's existing school building is required as a result of the age and condition of the existing building and (ii) the issuance of the bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
no later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all of the bond issuances combined may not exceed $20,800,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after March 17, 2020.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-150) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund those bonds may not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Notwithstanding any other law to the contrary, including Section 19-3, bonds issued under this subsection (p-150) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund those bonds must mature within 30 years from their date of issuance.
    (p-155) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Williamsville Community Unit School District 15 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $40,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the school district approve a
    
proposition for the bond issuance at an election held on March 17, 2020.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that the projects set forth in the proposition for the bond issuance were and are required because of the age and condition of the school district's existing school buildings.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $40,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on March 17, 2020.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-155) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-155) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-160) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Berkeley School District 87 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $105,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at the general primary election held on March 17, 2020.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) building and equipping a school building to replace the Sunnyside Intermediate and MacArthur Middle School buildings; building and equipping additions to and altering, repairing, and equipping the Riley Intermediate and Northlake Middle School buildings; altering, repairing, and equipping the Whittier Primary and Jefferson Primary School buildings; improving sites; renovating instructional spaces; providing STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) labs; and constructing life safety, security, and infrastructure improvements are required to replace outdated facilities and to provide safe spaces consistent with 21st century learning and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $105,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only those projects approved by the voters at the general primary election held on March 17, 2020.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-160) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation.
    (p-165) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Elmwood Park Community Unit School District 401 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $55,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after March 17, 2020.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the building and equipping of an addition to the John Mills Elementary School building; the renovating, altering, repairing, and equipping of the John Mills and Elmwood Elementary School buildings; the installation of safety and security improvements; and the improvement of school sites are required as a result of the age and condition of the district's existing school buildings and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $55,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after March 17, 2020.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-165) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-165) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-170) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Maroa-Forsyth Community Unit School District 2 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $33,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the school district approve a
    
proposition for the bond issuance at an election held on March 17, 2020.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that the projects set forth in the proposition for the bond issuance were and are required because of the age and condition of the school district's existing school buildings.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $33,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on March 17, 2020.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-170) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-170) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-175) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Schiller Park School District 81 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after March 17, 2020.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) building and equipping a school building to replace the Washington Elementary School building, installing fire suppression systems, security systems, and federal Americans with Disability Act of 1990 compliance measures, acquiring land, and improving the site are required to accommodate enrollment growth, replace an outdated facility, and create spaces consistent with 21st century learning and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $30,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after March 17, 2020.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-175) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-175) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 27 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-180) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Iroquois County Community Unit School District 9 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $17,125,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after April 6, 2021.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) building and equipping a new school building in the City of Watseka; altering, repairing, renovating, and equipping portions of the existing facilities of the district; and making site improvements is necessary because of the age and condition of the district's existing school facilities and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $17,125,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after April 6, 2021.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-180) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-180) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-185) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Field Community Consolidated School District 3 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,600,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after April 6, 2021.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) it is necessary to alter, repair, renovate, and equip the existing facilities of the district, including, but not limited to, roof replacement, lighting replacement, electrical upgrades, restroom repairs, and gym renovations, and make site improvements because of the age and condition of the district's existing school facilities and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $2,600,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after April 6, 2021.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-185) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-185) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-190) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Mahomet-Seymour Community Unit School District 3 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $97,900,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) it is necessary to build and equip a new junior high school building, build and equip a new transportation building, and build and equip additions to, renovate, and make site improvements at the Lincoln Trail Elementary building, Middletown Prairie Elementary building, and Mahomet-Seymour High School building and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $97,900,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-190) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-190) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-195) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, New Berlin Community Unit School District 16 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $23,500,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) it is necessary to alter, repair, and equip the junior/senior high school building, including creating new classroom, gym, and other instructional spaces, renovating the J.V. Kirby Pretzel Dome, improving heating, cooling, and ventilation systems, installing school safety and security improvements, removing asbestos, and making site improvements, and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $23,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-195) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-195) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-200) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Highland Community Unit School District 5 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $40,000,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) it is necessary to improve the sites of, build, and equip a new primary school building and build and equip additions to and alter, repair, and equip existing school buildings and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $40,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-200) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-200) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-205) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Sullivan Community Unit School District 300 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) the projects set forth in the proposition for the issuance of the bonds are required because of the age, condition, or capacity of the school district's existing school buildings and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $25,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-205) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-205) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-210) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Manhattan School District 114 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $85,000,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that the projects set forth in the proposition for the bond issuance were and are required because of the age, condition, or capacity of the school district's existing school buildings.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuances of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $85,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-210) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-210) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 30 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-215) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Golf Elementary School District 67 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $56,000,000, but only if all of the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that (i) it is necessary to build and equip a new school building and improve the site thereof and (ii) the issuance of bonds is authorized by a statute that exempts the debt incurred on the bonds from the district's statutory debt limitation.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $56,000,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after June 28, 2022.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-215) and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-215) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (p-220) In addition to all other authority to issue bonds, Joliet Public Schools District 86 may issue bonds with an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $99,500,000, but only if all the following conditions are met:
        (1) The voters of the district approve a proposition
    
for the bond issuance at an election held on or after April 4, 2023.
        (2) Prior to the issuance of the bonds, the school
    
board determines, by resolution, that the projects set forth in the proposition for the bond issuance were and are required because of the age and condition of the school district's existing school buildings.
        (3) The bonds are issued, in one or more issuances,
    
not later than 5 years after the date of the referendum approving the issuance of the bonds, but the aggregate principal amount issued in all such bond issuances combined must not exceed $99,500,000.
        (4) The bonds are issued in accordance with this
    
Article.
        (5) The proceeds of the bonds are used to accomplish
    
only the projects approved by the voters at an election held on or after April 4, 2023.
    The debt incurred on any bonds issued under this subsection (p-220), and on any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds, shall not be considered indebtedness for purposes of any statutory debt limitation. Bonds issued under this subsection (p-220) and any bonds issued to refund or continue to refund such bonds must mature within not to exceed 25 years from their date, notwithstanding any other law, including Section 19-3 of this Code, to the contrary.
    (q) A school district must notify the State Board of Education prior to issuing any form of long-term or short-term debt that will result in outstanding debt that exceeds 75% of the debt limit specified in this Section or any other provision of law.
(Source: P.A. 102-316, eff. 8-6-21; 102-949, eff. 5-27-22; 103-449, eff. 1-1-24.)